Upgrading from 9.5.20 to 14.1 gives you 2.0 years worth of fixes (1938 of them)

List of changes:

• ⇑ Upgrade to 9.6 released on 2016-09-29 - docs

  • Improve the pg_stat_activity view's information about what a process is waiting for (Amit Kapila, Ildus Kurbangaliev)

    Historically a process has only been shown as waiting if it was waiting for a heavyweight lock. Now waits for lightweight locks and buffer pins are also shown in pg_stat_activity. Also, the type of lock being waited for is now visible. These changes replace the waiting column with wait_event_type and wait_event.

  • In to_char(), do not count a minus sign (when needed) as part of the field width for time-related fields (Bruce Momjian)

    For example, to_char('-4 years'::interval, 'YY') now returns -04, rather than -4.

  • Make extract() behave more reasonably with infinite inputs (Vitaly Burovoy)

    Historically the extract() function just returned zero given an infinite timestamp, regardless of the given field name. Make it return infinity or -infinity as appropriate when the requested field is one that is monotonically increasing (e.g, year, epoch), or NULL when it is not (e.g., day, hour). Also, throw the expected error for bad field names.

  • Remove PL/pgSQL's "feature" that suppressed the innermost line of CONTEXT for messages emitted by RAISE commands (Pavel Stehule)

    This ancient backwards-compatibility hack was agreed to have outlived its usefulness.

  • Fix the default text search parser to allow leading digits in email and host tokens (Artur Zakirov)

    In most cases this will result in few changes in the parsing of text. But if you have data where such addresses occur frequently, it may be worth rebuilding dependent tsvector columns and indexes so that addresses of this form will be found properly by text searches.

  • Extend contrib/unaccent's standard unaccent.rules file to handle all diacritics known to Unicode, and to expand ligatures correctly (Thomas Munro, Léonard Benedetti)

    The previous version neglected to convert some less-common letters with diacritic marks. Also, ligatures are now expanded into separate letters. Installations that use this rules file may wish to rebuild tsvector columns and indexes that depend on the result.

  • Remove the long-deprecated CREATEUSER/NOCREATEUSER options from CREATE ROLE and allied commands (Tom Lane)

    CREATEUSER actually meant SUPERUSER, for ancient backwards-compatibility reasons. This has been a constant source of confusion for people who (reasonably) expect it to mean CREATEROLE. It has been deprecated for ten years now, so fix the problem by removing it.

  • Treat role names beginning with pg_ as reserved (Stephen Frost)

    User creation of such role names is now disallowed. This prevents conflicts with built-in roles created by initdb.

  • Change a column name in the information_schema.routines view from result_cast_character_set_name to result_cast_char_set_name (Clément Prévost)

    The SQL:2011 standard specifies the longer name, but that appears to be a mistake, because adjacent column names use the shorter style, as do other information_schema views.

  • psql's -c option no longer implies --no-psqlrc (Pavel Stehule, Catalin Iacob)

    Write --no-psqlrc (or its abbreviation -X) explicitly to obtain the old behavior. Scripts so modified will still work with old versions of psql.

  • Improve pg_restore's -t option to match all types of relations, not only plain tables (Craig Ringer)

  • Change the display format used for NextXID in pg_controldata and related places (Joe Conway, Bruce Momjian)

    Display epoch-and-transaction-ID values in the format number:number. The previous format number/number was confusingly similar to that used for LSNs.

  • Update extension functions to be marked parallel-safe where appropriate (Andreas Karlsson)

    Many of the standard extensions have been updated to allow their functions to be executed within parallel query worker processes. These changes will not take effect in databases pg_upgrade'd from prior versions unless you apply ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE to each such extension (in each database of a cluster).

  • Parallel queries (Robert Haas, Amit Kapila, David Rowley, many others)

    With 9.6, PostgreSQL introduces initial support for parallel execution of large queries. Only strictly read-only queries where the driving table is accessed via a sequential scan can be parallelized. Hash joins and nested loops can be performed in parallel, as can aggregation (for supported aggregates). Much remains to be done, but this is already a useful set of features.

    Parallel query execution is not (yet) enabled by default. To allow it, set the new configuration parameter max_parallel_workers_per_gather to a value larger than zero. Additional control over use of parallelism is available through other new configuration parameters force_parallel_mode, parallel_setup_cost, parallel_tuple_cost, and min_parallel_relation_size.

  • Provide infrastructure for marking the parallel-safety status of functions (Robert Haas, Amit Kapila)

  • Allow GIN index builds to make effective use of maintenance_work_mem settings larger than 1 GB (Robert Abraham, Teodor Sigaev)

  • Add pages deleted from a GIN index's pending list to the free space map immediately (Jeff Janes, Teodor Sigaev)

    This reduces bloat if the table is not vacuumed often.

  • Add gin_clean_pending_list() function to allow manual invocation of pending-list cleanup for a GIN index (Jeff Janes)

    Formerly, such cleanup happened only as a byproduct of vacuuming or analyzing the parent table.

  • Improve handling of dead index tuples in GiST indexes (Anastasia Lubennikova)

    Dead index tuples are now marked as such when an index scan notices that the corresponding heap tuple is dead. When inserting tuples, marked-dead tuples will be removed if needed to make space on the page.

  • Add an SP-GiST operator class for type box (Alexander Lebedev)

  • Improve sorting performance by using quicksort, not replacement selection sort, when performing external sort steps (Peter Geoghegan)

    The new approach makes better use of the CPU cache for typical cache sizes and data volumes. Where necessary, the behavior can be adjusted via the new configuration parameter replacement_sort_tuples.

  • Speed up text sorts where the same string occurs multiple times (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Speed up sorting of uuid, bytea, and char(n) fields by using "abbreviated" keys (Peter Geoghegan)

    Support for abbreviated keys has also been added to the non-default operator classes text_pattern_ops, varchar_pattern_ops, and bpchar_pattern_ops. Processing of ordered-set aggregates can also now exploit abbreviated keys.

  • Speed up CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY by treating TIDs as 64-bit integers during sorting (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Reduce contention for the ProcArrayLock (Amit Kapila, Robert Haas)

  • Improve performance by moving buffer content locks into the buffer descriptors (Andres Freund, Simon Riggs)

  • Replace shared-buffer header spinlocks with atomic operations to improve scalability (Alexander Korotkov, Andres Freund)

  • Use atomic operations, rather than a spinlock, to protect an LWLock's wait queue (Andres Freund)

  • Partition the shared hash table freelist to reduce contention on multi-CPU-socket servers (Aleksander Alekseev)

  • Improve ANALYZE's estimates for columns with many nulls (Tomas Vondra, Alex Shulgin)

    Previously ANALYZE tended to underestimate the number of non-NULL distinct values in a column with many NULLs, and was also inaccurate in computing the most-common values.

  • Improve planner's estimate of the number of distinct values in a query result (Tomas Vondra)

  • Use foreign key relationships to infer selectivity for join predicates (Tomas Vondra, David Rowley)

    If a table t has a foreign key restriction, say (a,b) REFERENCES r (x,y), then a WHERE condition such as t.a = r.x AND t.b = r.y cannot select more than one r row per t row. The planner formerly considered these AND conditions to be independent and would often drastically misestimate selectivity as a result. Now it compares the WHERE conditions to applicable foreign key constraints and produces better estimates.

  • Avoid re-vacuuming pages containing only frozen tuples (Masahiko Sawada, Robert Haas, Andres Freund)

    Formerly, anti-wraparound vacuum had to visit every page of a table, even pages where there was nothing to do. Now, pages containing only already-frozen tuples are identified in the table's visibility map, and can be skipped by vacuum even when doing transaction wraparound prevention. This should greatly reduce the cost of maintaining large tables containing mostly-unchanging data.

    If necessary, vacuum can be forced to process all-frozen pages using the new DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING option. Normally this should never be needed, but it might help in recovering from visibility-map corruption.

  • Avoid useless heap-truncation attempts during VACUUM (Jeff Janes, Tom Lane)

    This change avoids taking an exclusive table lock in some cases where no truncation is possible. The main benefit comes from avoiding unnecessary query cancellations on standby servers.

  • Allow old MVCC snapshots to be invalidated after a configurable timeout (Kevin Grittner)

    Normally, deleted tuples cannot be physically removed by vacuuming until the last transaction that could "see" them is gone. A transaction that stays open for a long time can thus cause considerable table bloat because space cannot be recycled. This feature allows setting a time-based limit, via the new configuration parameter old_snapshot_threshold, on how long an MVCC snapshot is guaranteed to be valid. After that, dead tuples are candidates for removal. A transaction using an outdated snapshot will get an error if it attempts to read a page that potentially could have contained such data.

  • Ignore GROUP BY columns that are functionally dependent on other columns (David Rowley)

    If a GROUP BY clause includes all columns of a non-deferred primary key, as well as other columns of the same table, those other columns are redundant and can be dropped from the grouping. This saves computation in many common cases.

  • Allow use of an index-only scan on a partial index when the index's WHERE clause references columns that are not indexed (Tomas Vondra, Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    For example, an index defined by CREATE INDEX tidx_partial ON t(b) WHERE a > 0 can now be used for an index-only scan by a query that specifies WHERE a > 0 and does not otherwise use a. Previously this was disallowed because a is not listed as an index column.

  • Perform checkpoint writes in sorted order (Fabien Coelho, Andres Freund)

    Previously, checkpoints wrote out dirty pages in whatever order they happen to appear in shared buffers, which usually is nearly random. That performs poorly, especially on rotating media. This change causes checkpoint-driven writes to be done in order by file and block number, and to be balanced across tablespaces.

  • Where feasible, trigger kernel writeback after a configurable number of writes, to prevent accumulation of dirty data in kernel disk buffers (Fabien Coelho, Andres Freund)

    PostgreSQL writes data to the kernel's disk cache, from where it will be flushed to physical storage in due time. Many operating systems are not smart about managing this and allow large amounts of dirty data to accumulate before deciding to flush it all at once, causing long delays for new I/O requests until the flushing finishes. This change attempts to alleviate this problem by explicitly requesting data flushes after a configurable interval.

    On Linux, sync_file_range() is used for this purpose, and the feature is on by default on Linux because that function has few downsides. This flushing capability is also available on other platforms if they have msync() or posix_fadvise(), but those interfaces have some undesirable side-effects so the feature is disabled by default on non-Linux platforms.

    The new configuration parameters backend_flush_after, bgwriter_flush_after, checkpoint_flush_after, and wal_writer_flush_after control this behavior.

  • Improve aggregate-function performance by sharing calculations across multiple aggregates if they have the same arguments and transition functions (David Rowley)

    For example, SELECT AVG(x), VARIANCE(x) FROM tab can use a single per-row computation for both aggregates.

  • Speed up visibility tests for recently-created tuples by checking the current transaction's snapshot, not pg_clog, to decide if the source transaction should be considered committed (Jeff Janes, Tom Lane)

  • Allow tuple hint bits to be set sooner than before (Andres Freund)

  • Improve performance of short-lived prepared transactions (Stas Kelvich, Simon Riggs, Pavan Deolasee)

    Two-phase commit information is now written only to WAL during PREPARE TRANSACTION, and will be read back from WAL during COMMIT PREPARED if that happens soon thereafter. A separate state file is created only if the pending transaction does not get committed or aborted by the time of the next checkpoint.

  • Improve performance of memory context destruction (Jan Wieck)

  • Improve performance of resource owners with many tracked objects (Aleksander Alekseev)

  • Improve speed of the output functions for timestamp, time, and date data types (David Rowley, Andres Freund)

  • Avoid some unnecessary cancellations of hot-standby queries during replay of actions that take AccessExclusive locks (Jeff Janes)

  • Extend relations multiple blocks at a time when there is contention for the relation's extension lock (Dilip Kumar)

    This improves scalability by decreasing contention.

  • Increase the number of clog buffers for better scalability (Amit Kapila, Andres Freund)

  • Speed up expression evaluation in PL/pgSQL by keeping ParamListInfo entries for simple variables valid at all times (Tom Lane)

  • Avoid reducing the SO_SNDBUF setting below its default on recent Windows versions (Chen Huajun)

  • Disable update_process_title by default on Windows (Takayuki Tsunakawa)

    The overhead of updating the process title is much larger on Windows than most other platforms, and it is also less useful to do it since most Windows users do not have tools that can display process titles.

  • Add pg_stat_progress_vacuum system view to provide progress reporting for VACUUM operations (Amit Langote, Robert Haas, Vinayak Pokale, Rahila Syed)

  • Add pg_control_system(), pg_control_checkpoint(), pg_control_recovery(), and pg_control_init() functions to expose fields of pg_control to SQL (Joe Conway, Michael Paquier)

  • Add pg_config system view (Joe Conway)

    This view exposes the same information available from the pg_config command-line utility, namely assorted compile-time configuration information for PostgreSQL.

  • Add a confirmed_flush_lsn column to the pg_replication_slots system view (Marko Tiikkaja)

  • Add pg_stat_wal_receiver system view to provide information about the state of a hot-standby server's WAL receiver process (Michael Paquier)

  • Add pg_blocking_pids() function to reliably identify which sessions block which others (Tom Lane)

    This function returns an array of the process IDs of any sessions that are blocking the session with the given process ID. Historically users have obtained such information using a self-join on the pg_locks view. However, it is unreasonably tedious to do it that way with any modicum of correctness, and the addition of parallel queries has made the old approach entirely impractical, since locks might be held or awaited by child worker processes rather than the session's main process.

  • Add function pg_current_xlog_flush_location() to expose the current transaction log flush location (Tomas Vondra)

  • Add function pg_notification_queue_usage() to report how full the NOTIFY queue is (Brendan Jurd)

  • Limit the verbosity of memory context statistics dumps (Tom Lane)

    The memory usage dump that is output to the postmaster log during an out-of-memory failure now summarizes statistics when there are a large number of memory contexts, rather than possibly generating a very large report. There is also a "grand total" summary line now.

  • Add a BSD authentication method to allow use of the BSD Authentication service for PostgreSQL client authentication (Marisa Emerson)

    BSD Authentication is currently only available on OpenBSD.

  • When using PAM authentication, provide the client IP address or host name to PAM modules via the PAM_RHOST item (Grzegorz Sampolski)

  • Provide detail in the postmaster log for more types of password authentication failure (Tom Lane)

    All ordinarily-reachable password authentication failure cases should now provide specific DETAIL fields in the log.

  • Support RADIUS passwords up to 128 characters long (Marko Tiikkaja)

  • Add new SSPI authentication parameters compat_realm and upn_username to control whether NetBIOS or Kerberos realm names and user names are used during SSPI authentication (Christian Ullrich)

  • Allow sessions to be terminated automatically if they are in idle-in-transaction state for too long (Vik Fearing)

    This behavior is controlled by the new configuration parameter idle_in_transaction_session_timeout. It can be useful to prevent forgotten transactions from holding locks or preventing vacuum cleanup for too long.

  • Raise the maximum allowed value of checkpoint_timeout to 24 hours (Simon Riggs)

  • Allow effective_io_concurrency to be set per-tablespace to support cases where different tablespaces have different I/O characteristics (Julien Rouhaud)

  • Add log_line_prefix option %n to print the current time in Unix epoch form, with milliseconds (Tomas Vondra, Jeff Davis)

  • Add syslog_sequence_numbers and syslog_split_messages configuration parameters to provide more control over the message format when logging to syslog (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Merge the archive and hot_standby values of the wal_level configuration parameter into a single new value replica (Peter Eisentraut)

    Making a distinction between these settings is no longer useful, and merging them is a step towards a planned future simplification of replication setup. The old names are still accepted but are converted to replica internally.

  • Add configure option --with-systemd to enable calling sd_notify() at server start and stop (Peter Eisentraut)

    This allows the use of systemd service units of type notify, which greatly simplifies the management of PostgreSQL under systemd.

  • Allow the server's SSL key file to have group read access if it is owned by root (Christoph Berg)

    Formerly, we insisted the key file be owned by the user running the PostgreSQL server, but that is inconvenient on some systems (such as Debian) that are configured to manage certificates centrally. Therefore, allow the case where the key file is owned by root and has group read access. It is up to the operating system administrator to ensure that the group does not include any untrusted users.

  • Force backends to exit if the postmaster dies (Rajeev Rastogi, Robert Haas)

    Under normal circumstances the postmaster should always outlive its child processes. If for some reason the postmaster dies, force backend sessions to exit with an error. Formerly, existing backends would continue to run until their clients disconnect, but that is unsafe and inefficient. It also prevents a new postmaster from being started until the last old backend has exited. Backends will detect postmaster death when waiting for client I/O, so the exit will not be instantaneous, but it should happen no later than the end of the current query.

  • Ensure that invalidation messages are recorded in WAL even when issued by a transaction that has no XID assigned (Andres Freund)

    This fixes some corner cases in which transactions on standby servers failed to notice changes, such as new indexes.

  • Prevent multiple processes from trying to clean a GIN index's pending list concurrently (Teodor Sigaev, Jeff Janes)

    This had been intentionally allowed, but it causes race conditions that can result in vacuum missing index entries it needs to delete.

  • Allow synchronous replication to support multiple simultaneous synchronous standby servers, not just one (Masahiko Sawada, Beena Emerson, Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao, Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    The number of standby servers that must acknowledge a commit before it is considered complete is now configurable as part of the synchronous_standby_names parameter.

  • Add new setting remote_apply for configuration parameter synchronous_commit (Thomas Munro)

    In this mode, the master waits for the transaction to be applied on the standby server, not just written to disk. That means that you can count on a transaction started on the standby to see all commits previously acknowledged by the master.

  • Add a feature to the replication protocol, and a corresponding option to pg_create_physical_replication_slot(), to allow reserving WAL immediately when creating a replication slot (Gurjeet Singh, Michael Paquier)

    This allows the creation of a replication slot to guarantee that all the WAL needed for a base backup will be available.

  • Add a --slot option to pg_basebackup (Peter Eisentraut)

    This lets pg_basebackup use a replication slot defined for WAL streaming. After the base backup completes, selecting the same slot for regular streaming replication allows seamless startup of the new standby server.

  • Extend pg_start_backup() and pg_stop_backup() to support non-exclusive backups (Magnus Hagander)

  • Allow functions that return sets of tuples to return simple NULLs (Andrew Gierth, Tom Lane)

    In the context of SELECT FROM function(...), a function that returned a set of composite values was previously not allowed to return a plain NULL value as part of the set. Now that is allowed and interpreted as a row of NULLs. This avoids corner-case errors with, for example, unnesting an array of composite values.

  • Fully support array subscripts and field selections in the target column list of an INSERT with multiple VALUES rows (Tom Lane)

    Previously, such cases failed if the same target column was mentioned more than once, e.g., INSERT INTO tab (x[1], x[2]) VALUES (...).

  • When appropriate, postpone evaluation of SELECT output expressions until after an ORDER BY sort (Konstantin Knizhnik)

    This change ensures that volatile or expensive functions in the output list are executed in the order suggested by ORDER BY, and that they are not evaluated more times than required when there is a LIMIT clause. Previously, these properties held if the ordering was performed by an index scan or pre-merge-join sort, but not if it was performed by a top-level sort.

  • Widen counters recording the number of tuples processed to 64 bits (Andreas Scherbaum)

    This change allows command tags, e.g. SELECT, to correctly report tuple counts larger than 4 billion. This also applies to PL/pgSQL's GET DIAGNOSTICS ... ROW_COUNT command.

  • Avoid doing encoding conversions by converting through the MULE_INTERNAL encoding (Tom Lane)

    Previously, many conversions for Cyrillic and Central European single-byte encodings were done by converting to a related MULE_INTERNAL coding scheme and then to the destination encoding. Aside from being inefficient, this meant that when the conversion encountered an untranslatable character, the error message would confusingly complain about failure to convert to or from MULE_INTERNAL, rather than the user-visible encoding.

  • Consider performing joins of foreign tables remotely only when the tables will be accessed under the same role ID (Shigeru Hanada, Ashutosh Bapat, Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, the foreign join pushdown infrastructure left the question of security entirely up to individual foreign data wrappers, but that made it too easy for an FDW to inadvertently create subtle security holes. So, make it the core code's job to determine which role ID will access each table, and do not attempt join pushdown unless the role is the same for all relevant relations.

  • Allow COPY to copy the output of an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE ... RETURNING query (Marko Tiikkaja)

    Previously, an intermediate CTE had to be written to get this result.

  • Introduce ALTER object DEPENDS ON EXTENSION (Abhijit Menon-Sen)

    This command allows a database object to be marked as depending on an extension, so that it will be dropped automatically if the extension is dropped (without needing CASCADE). However, the object is not part of the extension, and thus will be dumped separately by pg_dump.

  • Make ALTER object SET SCHEMA do nothing when the object is already in the requested schema, rather than throwing an error as it historically has for most object types (Marti Raudsepp)

  • Add options to ALTER OPERATOR to allow changing the selectivity functions associated with an existing operator (Yury Zhuravlev)

  • Add an IF NOT EXISTS option to ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN (Fabrízio de Royes Mello)

  • Reduce the lock strength needed by ALTER TABLE when setting fillfactor and autovacuum-related relation options (Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Simon Riggs)

  • Introduce CREATE ACCESS METHOD to allow extensions to create index access methods (Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek)

  • Add a CASCADE option to CREATE EXTENSION to automatically create any extensions the requested one depends on (Petr Jelínek)

  • Make CREATE TABLE ... LIKE include an OID column if any source table has one (Bruce Momjian)

  • If a CHECK constraint is declared NOT VALID in a table creation command, automatically mark it as valid (Amit Langote, Amul Sul)

    This is safe because the table has no existing rows. This matches the longstanding behavior of FOREIGN KEY constraints.

  • Fix DROP OPERATOR to clear pg_operator.oprcom and pg_operator.oprnegate links to the dropped operator (Roma Sokolov)

    Formerly such links were left as-is, which could pose a problem in the somewhat unlikely event that the dropped operator's OID was reused for another operator.

  • Do not show the same subplan twice in EXPLAIN output (Tom Lane)

    In certain cases, typically involving SubPlan nodes in index conditions, EXPLAIN would print data for the same subplan twice.

  • Disallow creation of indexes on system columns, except for OID columns (David Rowley)

    Such indexes were never considered supported, and would very possibly misbehave since the system might change the system-column fields of a tuple without updating indexes. However, previously there were no error checks to prevent them from being created.

  • Use the privilege system to manage access to sensitive functions (Stephen Frost)

    Formerly, many security-sensitive functions contained hard-wired checks that would throw an error if they were called by a non-superuser. This forced the use of superuser roles for some relatively pedestrian tasks. The hard-wired error checks are now gone in favor of making initdb revoke the default public EXECUTE privilege on these functions. This allows installations to choose to grant usage of such functions to trusted roles that do not need all superuser privileges.

  • Create some built-in roles that can be used to grant access to what were previously superuser-only functions (Stephen Frost)

    Currently the only such role is pg_signal_backend, but more are expected to be added in future.

  • Improve full-text search to support searching for phrases, that is, lexemes appearing adjacent to each other in a specific order, or with a specified distance between them (Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Dmitry Ivanov)

    A phrase-search query can be specified in tsquery input using the new operators <-> and <N>. The former means that the lexemes before and after it must appear adjacent to each other in that order. The latter means they must be exactly N lexemes apart.

  • Allow omitting one or both boundaries in an array slice specifier, e.g. array_col[3:] (Yury Zhuravlev)

    Omitted boundaries are taken as the upper or lower limit of the corresponding array subscript. This allows simpler specification for many common use-cases.

  • Be more careful about out-of-range dates and timestamps (Vitaly Burovoy)

    This change prevents unexpected out-of-range errors for timestamp with time zone values very close to the implementation limits. Previously, the "same" value might be accepted or not depending on the timezone setting, meaning that a dump and reload could fail on a value that had been accepted when presented. Now the limits are enforced according to the equivalent UTC time, not local time, so as to be independent of timezone.

    Also, PostgreSQL is now more careful to detect overflow in operations that compute new date or timestamp values, such as date + integer.

  • For geometric data types, make sure infinity and NaN component values are treated consistently during input and output (Tom Lane)

    Such values will now always print the same as they would in a simple float8 column, and be accepted the same way on input. Previously the behavior was platform-dependent.

  • Upgrade the ispell dictionary type to handle modern Hunspell files and support more languages (Artur Zakirov)

  • Implement look-behind constraints in regular expressions (Tom Lane)

    A look-behind constraint is like a lookahead constraint in that it consumes no text; but it checks for existence (or nonexistence) of a match ending at the current point in the string, rather than one starting at the current point. Similar features exist in many other regular-expression engines.

  • In regular expressions, if an apparent three-digit octal escape \nnn would exceed 377 (255 decimal), assume it is a two-digit octal escape instead (Tom Lane)

    This makes the behavior match current Tcl releases.

  • Add transaction ID operators xid <> xid and xid <> int4, for consistency with the corresponding equality operators (Michael Paquier)

  • Add jsonb_insert() function to insert a new element into a jsonb array, or a not-previously-existing key into a jsonb object (Dmitry Dolgov)

  • Improve the accuracy of the ln(), log(), exp(), and pow() functions for type numeric (Dean Rasheed)

  • Add a scale(numeric) function to extract the display scale of a numeric value (Marko Tiikkaja)

  • Add trigonometric functions that work in degrees (Dean Rasheed)

    For example, sind() measures its argument in degrees, whereas sin() measures in radians. These functions go to some lengths to deliver exact results for values where an exact result can be expected, for instance sind(30) = 0.5.

  • Ensure that trigonometric functions handle infinity and NaN inputs per the POSIX standard (Dean Rasheed)

    The POSIX standard says that these functions should return NaN for NaN input, and should throw an error for out-of-range inputs including infinity. Previously our behavior varied across platforms.

  • Make to_timestamp(float8) convert float infinity to timestamp infinity (Vitaly Burovoy)

    Formerly it just failed on an infinite input.

  • Add new functions for tsvector data (Stas Kelvich)

    The new functions are ts_delete(), ts_filter(), unnest(), tsvector_to_array(), array_to_tsvector(), and a variant of setweight() that sets the weight only for specified lexeme(s).

  • Allow ts_stat() and tsvector_update_trigger() to operate on values that are of types binary-compatible with the expected argument type, not just exactly that type; for example allow citext where text is expected (Teodor Sigaev)

  • Add variadic functions num_nulls() and num_nonnulls() that count the number of their arguments that are null or non-null (Marko Tiikkaja)

    An example usage is CHECK(num_nonnulls(a,b,c) = 1) which asserts that exactly one of a,b,c is not NULL. These functions can also be used to count the number of null or nonnull elements in an array.

  • Add function parse_ident() to split a qualified, possibly quoted SQL identifier into its parts (Pavel Stehule)

  • In to_number(), interpret a V format code as dividing by 10 to the power of the number of digits following V (Bruce Momjian)

    This makes it operate in an inverse fashion to to_char().

  • Make the to_reg*() functions accept type text not cstring (Petr Korobeinikov)

    This avoids the need to write an explicit cast in most cases where the argument is not a simple literal constant.

  • Add pg_size_bytes() function to convert human-readable size strings to numbers (Pavel Stehule, Vitaly Burovoy, Dean Rasheed)

    This function converts strings like those produced by pg_size_pretty() into bytes. An example usage is SELECT oid::regclass FROM pg_class WHERE pg_total_relation_size(oid) > pg_size_bytes('10 GB').

  • In pg_size_pretty(), format negative numbers similarly to positive ones (Adrian Vondendriesch)

    Previously, negative numbers were never abbreviated, just printed in bytes.

  • Add an optional missing_ok argument to the current_setting() function (David Christensen)

    This allows avoiding an error for an unrecognized parameter name, instead returning a NULL.

  • Change various catalog-inspection functions to return NULL for invalid input (Michael Paquier)

    pg_get_viewdef() now returns NULL if given an invalid view OID, and several similar functions likewise return NULL for bad input. Previously, such cases usually led to "cache lookup failed" errors, which are not meant to occur in user-facing cases.

  • Fix pg_replication_origin_xact_reset() to not have any arguments (Fujii Masao)

    The documentation said that it has no arguments, and the C code did not expect any arguments, but the entry in pg_proc mistakenly specified two arguments.

  • In PL/pgSQL, detect mismatched CONTINUE and EXIT statements while compiling a function, rather than at execution time (Jim Nasby)

  • Extend PL/Python's error-reporting and message-reporting functions to allow specifying additional message fields besides the primary error message (Pavel Stehule)

  • Allow PL/Python functions to call themselves recursively via SPI, and fix the behavior when multiple set-returning PL/Python functions are called within one query (Alexey Grishchenko, Tom Lane)

  • Fix session-lifespan memory leaks in PL/Python (Heikki Linnakangas, Haribabu Kommi, Tom Lane)

  • Modernize PL/Tcl to use Tcl's "object" APIs instead of simple strings (Jim Nasby, Karl Lehenbauer)

    This can improve performance substantially in some cases. Note that PL/Tcl now requires Tcl 8.4 or later.

  • In PL/Tcl, make database-reported errors return additional information in Tcl's errorCode global variable (Jim Nasby, Tom Lane)

    This feature follows the Tcl convention for returning auxiliary data about an error.

  • Fix PL/Tcl to perform encoding conversion between the database encoding and UTF-8, which is what Tcl expects (Tom Lane)

    Previously, strings were passed through without conversion, leading to misbehavior with non-ASCII characters when the database encoding was not UTF-8.

  • Add a nonlocalized version of the severity field in error and notice messages (Tom Lane)

    This change allows client code to determine severity of an error or notice without having to worry about localized variants of the severity strings.

  • Introduce a feature in libpq whereby the CONTEXT field of messages can be suppressed, either always or only for non-error messages (Pavel Stehule)

    The default behavior of PQerrorMessage() is now to print CONTEXT only for errors. The new function PQsetErrorContextVisibility() can be used to adjust this.

  • Add support in libpq for regenerating an error message with a different verbosity level (Alex Shulgin)

    This is done with the new function PQresultVerboseErrorMessage(). This supports psql's new \errverbose feature, and may be useful for other clients as well.

  • Improve libpq's PQhost() function to return useful data for default Unix-socket connections (Tom Lane)

    Previously it would return NULL if no explicit host specification had been given; now it returns the default socket directory path.

  • Fix ecpg's lexer to handle line breaks within comments starting on preprocessor directive lines (Michael Meskes)

  • Add a --strict-names option to pg_dump and pg_restore (Pavel Stehule)

    This option causes the program to complain if there is no match for a -t or -n option, rather than silently doing nothing.

  • In pg_dump, dump locally-made changes of privilege assignments for system objects (Stephen Frost)

    While it has always been possible for a superuser to change the privilege assignments for built-in or extension-created objects, such changes were formerly lost in a dump and reload. Now, pg_dump recognizes and dumps such changes. (This works only when dumping from a 9.6 or later server, however.)

  • Allow pg_dump to dump non-extension-owned objects that are within an extension-owned schema (Martín Marqués)

    Previously such objects were ignored because they were mistakenly assumed to belong to the extension owning their schema.

  • In pg_dump output, include the table name in object tags for object types that are only uniquely named per-table (for example, triggers) (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Support multiple -c and -f command-line options (Pavel Stehule, Catalin Iacob)

    The specified operations are carried out in the order in which the options are given, and then psql terminates.

  • Add a \crosstabview command that prints the results of a query in a cross-tabulated display (Daniel Vérité)

    In the crosstab display, data values from one query result column are placed in a grid whose column and row headers come from other query result columns.

  • Add an \errverbose command that shows the last server error at full verbosity (Alex Shulgin)

    This is useful after getting an unexpected error — you no longer need to adjust the VERBOSITY variable and recreate the failure in order to see error fields that are not shown by default.

  • Add \ev and \sv commands for editing and showing view definitions (Petr Korobeinikov)

    These are parallel to the existing \ef and \sf commands for functions.

  • Add a \gexec command that executes a query and re-submits the result(s) as new queries (Corey Huinker)

  • Allow \pset C string to set the table title, for consistency with \C string (Bruce Momjian)

  • In \pset expanded auto mode, do not use expanded format for query results with only one column (Andreas Karlsson, Robert Haas)

  • Improve the headers output by the \watch command (Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)

    Include the \pset title string if one has been set, and shorten the prefabricated part of the header to be timestamp (every Ns). Also, the timestamp format now obeys psql's locale environment.

  • Improve tab-completion logic to consider the entire input query, not only the current line (Tom Lane)

    Previously, breaking a command into multiple lines defeated any tab completion rules that needed to see words on earlier lines.

  • Numerous minor improvements in tab-completion behavior (Peter Eisentraut, Vik Fearing, Kevin Grittner, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Andreas Karlsson, Fujii Masao, Thomas Munro, Masahiko Sawada, Pavel Stehule)

  • Add a PROMPT option %p to insert the process ID of the connected backend (Julien Rouhaud)

  • Introduce a feature whereby the CONTEXT field of messages can be suppressed, either always or only for non-error messages (Pavel Stehule)

    Printing CONTEXT only for errors is now the default behavior. This can be changed by setting the special variable SHOW_CONTEXT.

  • Make \df+ show function access privileges and parallel-safety attributes (Michael Paquier)

  • SQL commands in pgbench scripts are now ended by semicolons, not newlines (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane)

    This change allows SQL commands in scripts to span multiple lines. Existing custom scripts will need to be modified to add a semicolon at the end of each line that does not have one already. (Doing so does not break the script for use with older versions of pgbench.)

  • Support floating-point arithmetic, as well as some built-in functions, in expressions in backslash commands (Fabien Coelho)

  • Replace \setrandom with built-in functions (Fabien Coelho)

    The new built-in functions include random(), random_exponential(), and random_gaussian(), which perform the same work as \setrandom, but are easier to use since they can be embedded in larger expressions. Since these additions have made \setrandom obsolete, remove it.

  • Allow invocation of multiple copies of the built-in scripts, not only custom scripts (Fabien Coelho)

    This is done with the new -b switch, which works similarly to -f for custom scripts.

  • Allow changing the selection probabilities (weights) for scripts (Fabien Coelho)

    When multiple scripts are specified, each pgbench transaction randomly chooses one to execute. Formerly this was always done with uniform probability, but now different selection probabilities can be specified for different scripts.

  • Collect statistics for each script in a multi-script run (Fabien Coelho)

    This feature adds an intermediate level of detail to existing global and per-command statistics printouts.

  • Add a --progress-timestamp option to report progress with Unix epoch timestamps, instead of time since the run started (Fabien Coelho)

  • Allow the number of client connections (-c) to not be an exact multiple of the number of threads (-j) (Fabien Coelho)

  • When the -T option is used, stop promptly at the end of the specified time (Fabien Coelho)

    Previously, specifying a low transaction rate could cause pgbench to wait significantly longer than specified.

  • Improve error reporting during initdb's post-bootstrap phase (Tom Lane)

    Previously, an error here led to reporting the entire input file as the "failing query"; now just the current query is reported. To get the desired behavior, queries in initdb's input files must be separated by blank lines.

  • Speed up initdb by using just one standalone-backend session for all the post-bootstrap steps (Tom Lane)

  • Improve pg_rewind so that it can work when the target timeline changes (Alexander Korotkov)

    This allows, for example, rewinding a promoted standby back to some state of the old master's timeline.

  • Remove obsolete heap_formtuple/heap_modifytuple/heap_deformtuple functions (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Add macros to make AllocSetContextCreate() calls simpler and safer (Tom Lane)

    Writing out the individual sizing parameters for a memory context is now deprecated in favor of using one of the new macros ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES, or ALLOCSET_START_SMALL_SIZES. Existing code continues to work, however.

  • Unconditionally use static inline functions in header files (Andres Freund)

    This may result in warnings and/or wasted code space with very old compilers, but the notational improvement seems worth it.

  • Improve TAP testing infrastructure (Michael Paquier, Craig Ringer, Álvaro Herrera, Stephen Frost)

    Notably, it is now possible to test recovery scenarios using this infrastructure.

  • Make trace_lwlocks identify individual locks by name (Robert Haas)

  • Improve psql's tab-completion code infrastructure (Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier)

    Tab-completion rules are now considerably easier to write, and more compact.

  • Nail the pg_shseclabel system catalog into cache, so that it is available for access during connection authentication (Adam Brightwell)

    The core code does not use this catalog for authentication, but extensions might wish to consult it.

  • Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level (Alexander Korotkov, Andrew Gierth)

    This change modernizes the index AM API to look more like the designs we have adopted for foreign data wrappers and tablesample handlers. This simplifies the C code and makes it much more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A consequence is that most of the columns of the pg_am system catalog have disappeared. New inspection functions have been added to allow SQL queries to determine index AM properties that used to be discoverable from pg_am.

  • Add pg_init_privs system catalog to hold original privileges of initdb-created and extension-created objects (Stephen Frost)

    This infrastructure allows pg_dump to dump changes that an installation may have made in privileges attached to system objects. Formerly, such changes would be lost in a dump and reload, but now they are preserved.

  • Change the way that extensions allocate custom LWLocks (Amit Kapila, Robert Haas)

    The RequestAddinLWLocks() function is removed, and replaced by RequestNamedLWLockTranche(). This allows better identification of custom LWLocks, and is less error-prone.

  • Improve the isolation tester to allow multiple sessions to wait concurrently, allowing testing of deadlock scenarios (Robert Haas)

  • Introduce extensible node types (KaiGai Kohei)

    This change allows FDWs or custom scan providers to store data in a plan tree in a more convenient format than was previously possible.

  • Make the planner deal with post-scan/join query steps by generating and comparing Paths, replacing a lot of ad-hoc logic (Tom Lane)

    This change provides only marginal user-visible improvements today, but it enables future work on a lot of upper-planner improvements that were impractical to tackle using the old code structure.

  • Support partial aggregation (David Rowley, Simon Riggs)

    This change allows the computation of an aggregate function to be split into separate parts, for example so that parallel worker processes can cooperate on computing an aggregate. In future it might allow aggregation across local and remote data to occur partially on the remote end.

  • Add a generic command progress reporting facility (Vinayak Pokale, Rahila Syed, Amit Langote, Robert Haas)

  • Separate out psql's flex lexer to make it usable by other client programs (Tom Lane, Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    This eliminates code duplication for programs that need to be able to parse SQL commands well enough to identify command boundaries. Doing that in full generality is more painful than one could wish, and up to now only psql has really gotten it right among our supported client programs.

    A new source-code subdirectory src/fe_utils/ has been created to hold this and other code that is shared across our client programs. Formerly such sharing was accomplished by symbolic linking or copying source files at build time, which was ugly and required duplicate compilation.

  • Introduce WaitEventSet API to allow efficient waiting for event sets that usually do not change from one wait to the next (Andres Freund, Amit Kapila)

  • Add a generic interface for writing WAL records (Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek, Markus Nullmeier)

    This change allows extensions to write WAL records for changes to pages using a standard layout. The problem of needing to replay WAL without access to the extension is solved by having generic replay code. This allows extensions to implement, for example, index access methods and have WAL support for them.

  • Support generic WAL messages for logical decoding (Petr Jelínek, Andres Freund)

    This feature allows extensions to insert data into the WAL stream that can be read by logical-decoding plugins, but is not connected to physical data restoration.

  • Allow SP-GiST operator classes to store an arbitrary "traversal value" while descending the index (Alexander Lebedev, Teodor Sigaev)

    This is somewhat like the "reconstructed value", but it could be any arbitrary chunk of data, not necessarily of the same data type as the indexed column.

  • Introduce a LOG_SERVER_ONLY message level for ereport() (David Steele)

    This level acts like LOG except that the message is never sent to the client. It is meant for use in auditing and similar applications.

  • Provide a Makefile target to build all generated headers (Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)

    submake-generated-headers can now be invoked to ensure that generated backend header files are up-to-date. This is useful in subdirectories that might be built "standalone".

  • Support OpenSSL 1.1.0 (Andreas Karlsson, Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Add configuration parameter auto_explain.sample_rate to allow contrib/auto_explain to capture just a configurable fraction of all queries (Craig Ringer, Julien Rouhaud)

    This allows reduction of overhead for heavy query traffic, while still getting useful information on average.

  • Add contrib/bloom module that implements an index access method based on Bloom filtering (Teodor Sigaev, Alexander Korotkov)

    This is primarily a proof-of-concept for non-core index access methods, but it could be useful in its own right for queries that search many columns.

  • In contrib/cube, introduce distance operators for cubes, and support kNN-style searches in GiST indexes on cube columns (Stas Kelvich)

  • Make contrib/hstore's hstore_to_jsonb_loose() and hstore_to_json_loose() functions agree on what is a number (Tom Lane)

    Previously, hstore_to_jsonb_loose() would convert numeric-looking strings to JSON numbers, rather than strings, even if they did not exactly match the JSON syntax specification for numbers. This was inconsistent with hstore_to_json_loose(), so tighten the test to match the JSON syntax.

  • Add selectivity estimation functions for contrib/intarray operators to improve plans for queries using those operators (Yury Zhuravlev, Alexander Korotkov)

  • Make contrib/pageinspect's heap_page_items() function show the raw data in each tuple, and add new functions tuple_data_split() and heap_page_item_attrs() for inspection of individual tuple fields (Nikolay Shaplov)

  • Add an optional S2K iteration count parameter to contrib/pgcrypto's pgp_sym_encrypt() function (Jeff Janes)

  • Add support for "word similarity" to contrib/pg_trgm (Alexander Korotkov, Artur Zakirov)

    These functions and operators measure the similarity between one string and the most similar single word of another string.

  • Add configuration parameter pg_trgm.similarity_threshold for contrib/pg_trgm's similarity threshold (Artur Zakirov)

    This threshold has always been configurable, but formerly it was controlled by special-purpose functions set_limit() and show_limit(). Those are now deprecated.

  • Improve contrib/pg_trgm's GIN operator class to speed up index searches in which both common and rare keys appear (Jeff Janes)

  • Improve performance of similarity searches in contrib/pg_trgm GIN indexes (Christophe Fornaroli)

  • Add contrib/pg_visibility module to allow examining table visibility maps (Robert Haas)

  • Add ssl_extension_info() function to contrib/sslinfo, to print information about SSL extensions present in the X509 certificate used for the current connection (Dmitry Voronin)

  • Allow extension-provided operators and functions to be sent for remote execution, if the extension is whitelisted in the foreign server's options (Paul Ramsey)

    Users can enable this feature when the extension is known to exist in a compatible version in the remote database. It allows more efficient execution of queries involving extension operators.

  • Consider performing sorts on the remote server (Ashutosh Bapat)

  • Consider performing joins on the remote server (Shigeru Hanada, Ashutosh Bapat)

  • When feasible, perform UPDATE or DELETE entirely on the remote server (Etsuro Fujita)

    Formerly, remote updates involved sending a SELECT FOR UPDATE command and then updating or deleting the selected rows one-by-one. While that is still necessary if the operation requires any local processing, it can now be done remotely if all elements of the query are safe to send to the remote server.

  • Allow the fetch size to be set as a server or table option (Corey Huinker)

    Formerly, postgres_fdw always fetched 100 rows at a time from remote queries; now that behavior is configurable.

  • Use a single foreign-server connection for local user IDs that all map to the same remote user (Ashutosh Bapat)

  • Transmit query cancellation requests to the remote server (Michael Paquier, Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, a local query cancellation request did not cause an already-sent remote query to terminate early.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 9.6.1 released on 2016-10-27 - docs

  • Fix possible data corruption when pg_upgrade rewrites a relation visibility map into 9.6 format (Tom Lane)

    On big-endian machines, bytes of the new visibility map were written in the wrong order, leading to a completely incorrect map. On Windows, the old map was read using text mode, leading to incorrect results if the map happened to contain consecutive bytes that matched a carriage return/line feed sequence. The latter error would almost always lead to a pg_upgrade failure due to the map file appearing to be the wrong length.

    If you are using a big-endian machine (many non-Intel architectures are big-endian) and have used pg_upgrade to upgrade from a pre-9.6 release, you should assume that all visibility maps are incorrect and need to be regenerated. It is sufficient to truncate each relation's visibility map with contrib/pg_visibility's pg_truncate_visibility_map() function. For more information see https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Visibility_Map_Problems.

  • Fix use-after-free hazard in execution of aggregate functions using DISTINCT (Peter Geoghegan)

    This could lead to a crash or incorrect query results.

  • Fix incorrect handling of polymorphic aggregates used as window functions (Tom Lane)

    The aggregate's transition function was told that its first argument and result were of the aggregate's output type, rather than the state type. This led to errors or crashes with polymorphic transition functions.

  • Fix replacement of array elements in jsonb_set() (Tom Lane)

    If the target is an existing JSON array element, it got deleted instead of being replaced with a new value.

  • Fix dangling-pointer problem in logical WAL decoding (Stas Kelvich)

  • Fix pg_upgrade to work correctly for extensions containing index access methods (Tom Lane)

    To allow this, the server has been extended to support ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP ACCESS METHOD. That functionality should have been included in the original patch to support dynamic creation of access methods, but it was overlooked.

  • Improve error reporting in pg_upgrade's file copying/linking/rewriting steps (Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix pg_dump to work against pre-7.4 servers (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

  • Fix contrib/pg_visibility to report the correct TID for a corrupt tuple that has been the subject of a rolled-back update (Tom Lane)

  • Fix makefile dependencies so that parallel make of PL/Python by itself will succeed reliably (Pavel Raiskup)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 9.6.2 released on 2017-02-09 - docs

  • Disallow setting the num_sync field to zero in synchronous_standby_names (Fujii Masao)

    The correct way to disable synchronous standby is to set the whole value to an empty string.

  • Don't count background worker processes against a user's connection limit (David Rowley)

  • Fix tracking of initial privileges for extension member objects so that it works correctly with ALTER EXTENSION ... ADD/DROP (Stephen Frost)

    An object's current privileges at the time it is added to the extension will now be considered its default privileges; only later changes in its privileges will be dumped by subsequent pg_dump runs.

  • Ensure that CREATE TABLE ... LIKE ... WITH OIDS creates a table with OIDs, whether or not the LIKE-referenced table(s) have OIDs (Tom Lane)

  • Fix spurious "query provides a value for a dropped column" errors during INSERT or UPDATE on a table with a dropped column (Tom Lane)

  • Fix execution of DISTINCT and ordered aggregates when multiple such aggregates are able to share the same transition state (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Fix implementation of phrase search operators in tsquery (Tom Lane)

    Remove incorrect, and inconsistently-applied, rewrite rules that tried to transform away AND/OR/NOT operators appearing below a PHRASE operator; instead upgrade the execution engine to handle such cases correctly. This fixes assorted strange behavior and possible crashes for text search queries containing such combinations. Also fix nested PHRASE operators to work sanely in combinations other than simple left-deep trees, correct the behavior when removing stopwords from a phrase search clause, and make sure that index searches behave consistently with simple sequential-scan application of such queries.

  • Fix crash if the number of workers available to a parallel query decreases during a rescan (Andreas Seltenreich)

  • Allow statements prepared with PREPARE to be given parallel plans (Amit Kapila, Tobias Bussmann)

  • Fix incorrect generation of parallel plans for semi-joins (Tom Lane)

  • Fix planner's cardinality estimates for parallel joins (Robert Haas)

    Ensure that these estimates reflect the number of rows predicted to be seen by each worker, rather than the total.

  • Fix planner to avoid trying to parallelize plan nodes containing initplans or subplans (Tom Lane, Amit Kapila)

  • Fix the plan generated for sorted partial aggregation with a constant GROUP BY clause (Tom Lane)

  • Fix "could not find plan for CTE" planner error when dealing with a UNION ALL containing CTE references (Tom Lane)

  • Fix mishandling of initplans when forcibly adding a Material node to a subplan (Tom Lane)

    The typical consequence of this mistake was a "plan should not reference subplan's variable" error.

  • Fix foreign-key-based join selectivity estimation for semi-joins and anti-joins, as well as inheritance cases (Tom Lane)

    The new code for taking the existence of a foreign key relationship into account did the wrong thing in these cases, making the estimates worse not better than the pre-9.6 code.

  • Fix pg_dump to emit the data of a sequence that is marked as an extension configuration table (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix mishandling of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES ... REVOKE in pg_dump (Stephen Frost)

    pg_dump missed issuing the required REVOKE commands in cases where ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES had been used to reduce privileges to less than they would normally be.

  • Improve initdb to insert the correct platform-specific default values for the xxx_flush_after parameters into postgresql.conf (Fabien Coelho, Tom Lane)

    This is a cleaner way of documenting the default values than was used previously.

  • Fix incorrect error reporting for duplicate data in psql's \crosstabview (Tom Lane)

    psql sometimes quoted the wrong row and/or column values when complaining about multiple entries for the same crosstab cell.

  • Fix psql's tab completion for ALTER TABLE t ALTER c DROP ... (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

  • Fix possible miss of socket read events while waiting on Windows (Amit Kapila)

    This error was harmless for most uses, but it is known to cause hangs when trying to use the pldebugger extension.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 9.6.3 released on 2017-05-11 - docs

  • Prevent delays in postmaster's launching of multiple parallel worker processes (Tom Lane)

    There could be a significant delay (up to tens of seconds) before satisfying a query's request for more than one worker process, or when multiple queries requested workers simultaneously. On most platforms this required unlucky timing, but on some it was the typical case.

  • Fix possible "no relation entry for relid 0" error when planning nested set operations (Tom Lane)

  • Fix assorted minor issues in planning of parallel queries (Robert Haas)

  • Fix incorrect support for certain box operators in SP-GiST (Nikita Glukhov)

    SP-GiST index scans using the operators &< &> &<| and |&> would yield incorrect answers.

  • Fix cancelling of pg_stop_backup() when attempting to stop a non-exclusive backup (Michael Paquier, David Steele)

    If pg_stop_backup() was cancelled while waiting for a non-exclusive backup to end, related state was left inconsistent; a new exclusive backup could not be started, and there were other minor problems.

  • Fix pgbench to handle the combination of --connect and --rate options correctly (Fabien Coelho)

  • Fix pgbench to honor the long-form option spelling --builtin, as per its documentation (Tom Lane)

  • Fix pg_dump/pg_restore to correctly handle privileges for the public schema when using --clean option (Stephen Frost)

    Other schemas start out with no privileges granted, but public does not; this requires special-case treatment when it is dropped and restored due to the --clean option.

  • Fix typo in pg_dump's query for initial privileges of a procedural language (Peter Eisentraut)

    This resulted in pg_dump always believing that the language had no initial privileges. Since that's true for most procedural languages, ill effects from this bug are probably rare.

  • In contrib/postgres_fdw, allow join conditions that contain shippable extension-provided functions to be pushed to the remote server (David Rowley, Ashutosh Bapat)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 9.6.4 released on 2017-08-10 - docs

  • Remove incorrect heuristic used in some cases to estimate join selectivity based on the presence of foreign-key constraints (David Rowley)

    In some cases where a multi-column foreign key constraint existed but did not exactly match a query's join structure, the planner used an estimation heuristic that turns out not to work well at all. Revert such cases to the way they were estimated before 9.6.

  • Ensure that a view's CHECK OPTIONS clause is enforced properly when the underlying table is a foreign table (Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, the update might get pushed entirely to the foreign server, but the need to verify the view conditions was missed if so.

  • Allow a foreign table's CHECK constraints to be initially NOT VALID (Amit Langote)

    CREATE TABLE silently drops NOT VALID specifiers for CHECK constraints, reasoning that the table must be empty so the constraint can be validated immediately. But this is wrong for CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, where there's no reason to suppose that the underlying table is empty, and even if it is it's no business of ours to decide that the constraint can be treated as valid going forward. Skip this "optimization" for foreign tables.

  • Allow parallelism in the query plan when COPY copies from a query's result (Andres Freund)

  • Fix pg_dump with the --clean option to not fail when the public schema doesn't exist (Stephen Frost)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 9.6.5 released on 2017-08-31 - docs

  • Prevent crash when passing fixed-length pass-by-reference data types to parallel worker processes (Tom Lane)

  • Change ecpg's parser to recognize backslash continuation of C preprocessor command lines (Michael Meskes)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 10 released on 2017-10-05 - docs

  • Hash indexes must be rebuilt after pg_upgrade-ing from any previous major PostgreSQL version (Mithun Cy, Robert Haas, Amit Kapila)

    Major hash index improvements necessitated this requirement. pg_upgrade will create a script to assist with this.

  • Rename write-ahead log directory pg_xlog to pg_wal, and rename transaction status directory pg_clog to pg_xact (Michael Paquier)

    Users have occasionally thought that these directories contained only inessential log files, and proceeded to remove write-ahead log files or transaction status files manually, causing irrecoverable data loss. These name changes are intended to discourage such errors in future.

  • Rename SQL functions, tools, and options that reference “xlog” to “wal” (Robert Haas)

    For example, pg_switch_xlog() becomes pg_switch_wal(), pg_receivexlog becomes pg_receivewal, and --xlogdir becomes --waldir. This is for consistency with the change of the pg_xlog directory name; in general, the “xlog” terminology is no longer used in any user-facing places.

  • Rename WAL-related functions and views to use lsn instead of location (David Rowley)

    There was previously an inconsistent mixture of the two terminologies.

  • Change the implementation of set-returning functions appearing in a query's SELECT list (Andres Freund)

    Set-returning functions are now evaluated before evaluation of scalar expressions in the SELECT list, much as though they had been placed in a LATERAL FROM-clause item. This allows saner semantics for cases where multiple set-returning functions are present. If they return different numbers of rows, the shorter results are extended to match the longest result by adding nulls. Previously the results were cycled until they all terminated at the same time, producing a number of rows equal to the least common multiple of the functions' periods. In addition, set-returning functions are now disallowed within CASE and COALESCE constructs. For more information see Section 37.4.8.

  • Use standard row constructor syntax in UPDATE ... SET (column_list) = row_constructor (Tom Lane)

    The row_constructor can now begin with the keyword ROW; previously that had to be omitted. If just one column name appears in the column_list, then the row_constructor now must use the ROW keyword, since otherwise it is not a valid row constructor but just a parenthesized expression. Also, an occurrence of table_name.* within the row_constructor is now expanded into multiple columns, as occurs in other uses of row_constructors.

  • When ALTER TABLE ... ADD PRIMARY KEY marks columns NOT NULL, that change now propagates to inheritance child tables as well (Michael Paquier)

  • Prevent statement-level triggers from firing more than once per statement (Tom Lane)

    Cases involving writable CTEs updating the same table updated by the containing statement, or by another writable CTE, fired BEFORE STATEMENT or AFTER STATEMENT triggers more than once. Also, if there were statement-level triggers on a table affected by a foreign key enforcement action (such as ON DELETE CASCADE), they could fire more than once per outer SQL statement. This is contrary to the SQL standard, so change it.

  • Move sequences' metadata fields into a new pg_sequence system catalog (Peter Eisentraut)

    A sequence relation now stores only the fields that can be modified by nextval(), that is last_value, log_cnt, and is_called. Other sequence properties, such as the starting value and increment, are kept in a corresponding row of the pg_sequence catalog. ALTER SEQUENCE updates are now fully transactional, implying that the sequence is locked until commit. The nextval() and setval() functions remain nontransactional.

    The main incompatibility introduced by this change is that selecting from a sequence relation now returns only the three fields named above. To obtain the sequence's other properties, applications must look into pg_sequence. The new system view pg_sequences can also be used for this purpose; it provides column names that are more compatible with existing code.

    Also, sequences created for SERIAL columns now generate positive 32-bit wide values, whereas previous versions generated 64-bit wide values. This has no visible effect if the values are only stored in a column.

    The output of psql's \d command for a sequence has been redesigned, too.

  • Make pg_basebackup stream the WAL needed to restore the backup by default (Magnus Hagander)

    This changes pg_basebackup's -X/--wal-method default to stream. An option value none has been added to reproduce the old behavior. The pg_basebackup option -x has been removed (instead, use -X fetch).

  • Change how logical replication uses pg_hba.conf (Peter Eisentraut)

    In previous releases, a logical replication connection required the replication keyword in the database column. As of this release, logical replication matches a normal entry with a database name or keywords such as all. Physical replication continues to use the replication keyword. Since built-in logical replication is new in this release, this change only affects users of third-party logical replication plugins.

  • Make all pg_ctl actions wait for completion by default (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously some pg_ctl actions didn't wait for completion, and required the use of -w to do so.

  • Change the default value of the log_directory server parameter from pg_log to log (Andreas Karlsson)

  • Add configuration option ssl_dh_params_file to specify file name for custom OpenSSL DH parameters (Heikki Linnakangas)

    This replaces the hardcoded, undocumented file name dh1024.pem. Note that dh1024.pem is no longer examined by default; you must set this option if you want to use custom DH parameters.

  • Increase the size of the default DH parameters used for OpenSSL ephemeral DH ciphers to 2048 bits (Heikki Linnakangas)

    The size of the compiled-in DH parameters has been increased from 1024 to 2048 bits, making DH key exchange more resistant to brute-force attacks. However, some old SSL implementations, notably some revisions of Java Runtime Environment version 6, will not accept DH parameters longer than 1024 bits, and hence will not be able to connect over SSL. If it's necessary to support such old clients, you can use custom 1024-bit DH parameters instead of the compiled-in defaults. See ssl_dh_params_file.

  • Remove the ability to store unencrypted passwords on the server (Heikki Linnakangas)

    The password_encryption server parameter no longer supports off or plain. The UNENCRYPTED option is no longer supported in CREATE/ALTER USER ... PASSWORD. Similarly, the --unencrypted option has been removed from createuser. Unencrypted passwords migrated from older versions will be stored encrypted in this release. The default setting for password_encryption is still md5.

  • Add min_parallel_table_scan_size and min_parallel_index_scan_size server parameters to control parallel queries (Amit Kapila, Robert Haas)

    These replace min_parallel_relation_size, which was found to be too generic.

  • Don't downcase unquoted text within shared_preload_libraries and related server parameters (QL Zhuo)

    These settings are really lists of file names, but they were previously treated as lists of SQL identifiers, which have different parsing rules.

  • Remove sql_inheritance server parameter (Robert Haas)

    Changing this setting from the default value caused queries referencing parent tables to not include child tables. The SQL standard requires them to be included, however, and this has been the default since PostgreSQL 7.1.

  • Allow multi-dimensional arrays to be passed into PL/Python functions, and returned as nested Python lists (Alexey Grishchenko, Dave Cramer, Heikki Linnakangas)

    This feature requires a backwards-incompatible change to the handling of arrays of composite types in PL/Python. Previously, you could return an array of composite values by writing, e.g., [[col1, col2], [col1, col2]]; but now that is interpreted as a two-dimensional array. Composite types in arrays must now be written as Python tuples, not lists, to resolve the ambiguity; that is, write [(col1, col2), (col1, col2)] instead.

  • Remove PL/Tcl's “module” auto-loading facility (Tom Lane)

    This functionality has been replaced by new server parameters pltcl.start_proc and pltclu.start_proc, which are easier to use and more similar to features available in other PLs.

  • Remove pg_dump/pg_dumpall support for dumping from pre-8.0 servers (Tom Lane)

    Users needing to dump from pre-8.0 servers will need to use dump programs from PostgreSQL 9.6 or earlier. The resulting output should still load successfully into newer servers.

  • Remove support for floating-point timestamps and intervals (Tom Lane)

    This removes configure's --disable-integer-datetimes option. Floating-point timestamps have few advantages and have not been the default since PostgreSQL 8.3.

  • Remove server support for client/server protocol version 1.0 (Tom Lane)

    This protocol hasn't had client support since PostgreSQL 6.3.

  • Remove contrib/tsearch2 module (Robert Haas)

    This module provided compatibility with the version of full text search that shipped in pre-8.3 PostgreSQL releases.

  • Remove createlang and droplang command-line applications (Peter Eisentraut)

    These had been deprecated since PostgreSQL 9.1. Instead, use CREATE EXTENSION and DROP EXTENSION directly.

  • Remove support for version-0 function calling conventions (Andres Freund)

    Extensions providing C-coded functions must now conform to version 1 calling conventions. Version 0 has been deprecated since 2001.

  • Support parallel B-tree index scans (Rahila Syed, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Rafia Sabih)

    This change allows B-tree index pages to be searched by separate parallel workers.

  • Support parallel bitmap heap scans (Dilip Kumar)

    This allows a single index scan to dispatch parallel workers to process different areas of the heap.

  • Allow merge joins to be performed in parallel (Dilip Kumar)

  • Allow non-correlated subqueries to be run in parallel (Amit Kapila)

  • Improve ability of parallel workers to return pre-sorted data (Rushabh Lathia)

  • Increase parallel query usage in procedural language functions (Robert Haas, Rafia Sabih)

  • Add max_parallel_workers server parameter to limit the number of worker processes that can be used for query parallelism (Julien Rouhaud)

    This parameter can be set lower than max_worker_processes to reserve worker processes for purposes other than parallel queries.

  • Enable parallelism by default by changing the default setting of max_parallel_workers_per_gather to 2.

  • Add write-ahead logging support to hash indexes (Amit Kapila)

    This makes hash indexes crash-safe and replicatable. The former warning message about their use is removed.

  • Improve hash index performance (Amit Kapila, Mithun Cy, Ashutosh Sharma)

  • Add SP-GiST index support for INET and CIDR data types (Emre Hasegeli)

  • Add option to allow BRIN index summarization to happen more aggressively (Álvaro Herrera)

    A new CREATE INDEX option enables auto-summarization of the previous BRIN page range when a new page range is created.

  • Add functions to remove and re-add BRIN summarization for BRIN index ranges (Álvaro Herrera)

    The new SQL function brin_summarize_range() updates BRIN index summarization for a specified range and brin_desummarize_range() removes it. This is helpful to update summarization of a range that is now smaller due to UPDATEs and DELETEs.

  • Improve accuracy in determining if a BRIN index scan is beneficial (David Rowley, Emre Hasegeli)

  • Allow faster GiST inserts and updates by reusing index space more efficiently (Andrey Borodin)

  • Reduce page locking during vacuuming of GIN indexes (Andrey Borodin)

  • Reduce locking required to change table parameters (Simon Riggs, Fabrízio Mello)

    For example, changing a table's effective_io_concurrency setting can now be done with a more lightweight lock.

  • Allow tuning of predicate lock promotion thresholds (Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker)

    Lock promotion can now be controlled through two new server parameters, max_pred_locks_per_relation and max_pred_locks_per_page.

  • Add multi-column optimizer statistics to compute the correlation ratio and number of distinct values (Tomas Vondra, David Rowley, Álvaro Herrera)

    New commands are CREATE STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS, and DROP STATISTICS. This feature is helpful in estimating query memory usage and when combining the statistics from individual columns.

  • Improve performance of queries affected by row-level security restrictions (Tom Lane)

    The optimizer now has more knowledge about where it can place RLS filter conditions, allowing better plans to be generated while still enforcing the RLS conditions safely.

  • Speed up aggregate functions that calculate a running sum using numeric-type arithmetic, including some variants of SUM(), AVG(), and STDDEV() (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Improve performance of character encoding conversions by using radix trees (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Reduce expression evaluation overhead during query execution, as well as plan node calling overhead (Andres Freund)

    This is particularly helpful for queries that process many rows.

  • Allow hashed aggregation to be used with grouping sets (Andrew Gierth)

  • Use uniqueness guarantees to optimize certain join types (David Rowley)

  • Improve sort performance of the macaddr data type (Brandur Leach)

  • Reduce statistics tracking overhead in sessions that reference many thousands of relations (Aleksander Alekseev)

  • Allow explicit control over EXPLAIN's display of planning and execution time (Ashutosh Bapat)

    By default planning and execution time are displayed by EXPLAIN ANALYZE and are not displayed in other cases. The new EXPLAIN option SUMMARY allows explicit control of this.

  • Add default monitoring roles (Dave Page)

    New roles pg_monitor, pg_read_all_settings, pg_read_all_stats, and pg_stat_scan_tables allow simplified permission configuration.

  • Properly update the statistics collector during REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW (Jim Mlodgenski)

  • Change the default value of log_line_prefix to include current timestamp (with milliseconds) and the process ID in each line of postmaster log output (Christoph Berg)

    The previous default was an empty prefix.

  • Add functions to return the log and WAL directory contents (Dave Page)

    The new functions are pg_ls_logdir() and pg_ls_waldir() and can be executed by non-superusers with the proper permissions.

  • Add function pg_current_logfile() to read logging collector's current stderr and csvlog output file names (Gilles Darold)

  • Report the address and port number of each listening socket in the server log during postmaster startup (Tom Lane)

    Also, when logging failure to bind a listening socket, include the specific address we attempted to bind to.

  • Reduce log chatter about the starting and stopping of launcher subprocesses (Tom Lane)

    These are now DEBUG1-level messages.

  • Reduce message verbosity of lower-numbered debug levels controlled by log_min_messages (Robert Haas)

    This also changes the verbosity of client_min_messages debug levels.

  • Add pg_stat_activity reporting of low-level wait states (Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Rushabh Lathia)

    This change enables reporting of numerous low-level wait conditions, including latch waits, file reads/writes/fsyncs, client reads/writes, and synchronous replication.

  • Show auxiliary processes, background workers, and walsender processes in pg_stat_activity (Kuntal Ghosh, Michael Paquier)

    This simplifies monitoring. A new column backend_type identifies the process type.

  • Allow pg_stat_activity to show the SQL query being executed by parallel workers (Rafia Sabih)

  • Rename pg_stat_activity.wait_event_type values LWLockTranche and LWLockNamed to LWLock (Robert Haas)

    This makes the output more consistent.

  • Add SCRAM-SHA-256 support for password negotiation and storage (Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas)

    This provides better security than the existing md5 negotiation and storage method.

  • Change the password_encryption server parameter from boolean to enum (Michael Paquier)

    This was necessary to support additional password hashing options.

  • Add view pg_hba_file_rules to display the contents of pg_hba.conf (Haribabu Kommi)

    This shows the file contents, not the currently active settings.

  • Support multiple RADIUS servers (Magnus Hagander)

    All the RADIUS related parameters are now plural and support a comma-separated list of servers.

  • Allow SSL configuration to be updated during configuration reload (Andreas Karlsson, Tom Lane)

    This allows SSL to be reconfigured without a server restart, by using pg_ctl reload, SELECT pg_reload_conf(), or sending a SIGHUP signal. However, reloading the SSL configuration does not work if the server's SSL key requires a passphrase, as there is no way to re-prompt for the passphrase. The original configuration will apply for the life of the postmaster in that case.

  • Make the maximum value of bgwriter_lru_maxpages effectively unlimited (Jim Nasby)

  • After creating or unlinking files, perform an fsync on their parent directory (Michael Paquier)

    This reduces the risk of data loss after a power failure.

  • Prevent unnecessary checkpoints and WAL archiving on otherwise-idle systems (Michael Paquier)

  • Add wal_consistency_checking server parameter to add details to WAL that can be sanity-checked on the standby (Kuntal Ghosh, Robert Haas)

    Any sanity-check failure generates a fatal error on the standby.

  • Increase the maximum configurable WAL segment size to one gigabyte (Beena Emerson)

    A larger WAL segment size allows for fewer archive_command invocations and fewer WAL files to manage.

  • Add the ability to logically replicate tables to standby servers (Petr Jelinek)

    Logical replication allows more flexibility than physical replication does, including replication between different major versions of PostgreSQL and selective replication.

  • Allow waiting for commit acknowledgment from standby servers irrespective of the order they appear in synchronous_standby_names (Masahiko Sawada)

    Previously the server always waited for the active standbys that appeared first in synchronous_standby_names. The new synchronous_standby_names keyword ANY allows waiting for any number of standbys irrespective of their ordering. This is known as quorum commit.

  • Reduce configuration changes necessary to perform streaming backup and replication (Magnus Hagander, Dang Minh Huong)

    Specifically, the defaults were changed for wal_level, max_wal_senders, max_replication_slots, and hot_standby to make them suitable for these usages out-of-the-box.

  • Enable replication from localhost connections by default in pg_hba.conf (Michael Paquier)

    Previously pg_hba.conf's replication connection lines were commented out by default. This is particularly useful for pg_basebackup.

  • Add columns to pg_stat_replication to report replication delay times (Thomas Munro)

    The new columns are write_lag, flush_lag, and replay_lag.

  • Allow specification of the recovery stopping point by Log Sequence Number (LSN) in recovery.conf (Michael Paquier)

    Previously the stopping point could only be selected by timestamp or XID.

  • Allow users to disable pg_stop_backup()'s waiting for all WAL to be archived (David Steele)

    An optional second argument to pg_stop_backup() controls that behavior.

  • Allow creation of temporary replication slots (Petr Jelinek)

    Temporary slots are automatically removed on session exit or error.

  • Improve performance of hot standby replay with better tracking of Access Exclusive locks (Simon Riggs, David Rowley)

  • Speed up two-phase commit recovery performance (Stas Kelvich, Nikhil Sontakke, Michael Paquier)

  • Add XMLTABLE function that converts XML-formatted data into a row set (Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix regular expressions' character class handling for large character codes, particularly Unicode characters above U+7FF (Tom Lane)

    Previously, such characters were never recognized as belonging to locale-dependent character classes such as [[:alpha:]].

  • Add table partitioning syntax that automatically creates partition constraints and handles routing of tuple insertions and updates (Amit Langote)

    The syntax supports range and list partitioning.

  • Add AFTER trigger transition tables to record changed rows (Kevin Grittner, Thomas Munro)

    Transition tables are accessible from triggers written in server-side languages.

  • Allow restrictive row-level security policies (Stephen Frost)

    Previously all security policies were permissive, meaning that any matching policy allowed access. A restrictive policy must match for access to be granted. These policy types can be combined.

  • When creating a foreign-key constraint, check for REFERENCES permission on only the referenced table (Tom Lane)

    Previously REFERENCES permission on the referencing table was also required. This appears to have stemmed from a misreading of the SQL standard. Since creating a foreign key (or any other type of) constraint requires ownership privilege on the constrained table, additionally requiring REFERENCES permission seems rather pointless.

  • Allow default permissions on schemas (Matheus Oliveira)

    This is done using the ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command.

  • Add CREATE SEQUENCE AS command to create a sequence matching an integer data type (Peter Eisentraut)

    This simplifies the creation of sequences matching the range of base columns.

  • Allow COPY view FROM source on views with INSTEAD INSERT triggers (Haribabu Kommi)

    The triggers are fed the data rows read by COPY.

  • Allow the specification of a function name without arguments in DDL commands, if it is unique (Peter Eisentraut)

    For example, allow DROP FUNCTION on a function name without arguments if there is only one function with that name. This behavior is required by the SQL standard.

  • Allow multiple functions, operators, and aggregates to be dropped with a single DROP command (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Support IF NOT EXISTS in CREATE SERVER, CREATE USER MAPPING, and CREATE COLLATION (Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut)

  • Make VACUUM VERBOSE report the number of skipped frozen pages and oldest xmin (Masahiko Sawada, Simon Riggs)

    This information is also included in log_autovacuum_min_duration output.

  • Improve speed of VACUUM's removal of trailing empty heap pages (Claudio Freire, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Add full text search support for JSON and JSONB (Dmitry Dolgov)

    The functions ts_headline() and to_tsvector() can now be used on these data types.

  • Add support for EUI-64 MAC addresses, as a new data type macaddr8 (Haribabu Kommi)

    This complements the existing support for EUI-48 MAC addresses (type macaddr).

  • Add identity columns for assigning a numeric value to columns on insert (Peter Eisentraut)

    These are similar to SERIAL columns, but are SQL standard compliant.

  • Allow ENUM values to be renamed (Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker)

    This uses the syntax ALTER TYPE ... RENAME VALUE.

  • Properly treat array pseudotypes (anyarray) as arrays in to_json() and to_jsonb() (Andrew Dunstan)

    Previously columns declared as anyarray (particularly those in the pg_stats view) were converted to JSON strings rather than arrays.

  • Add operators for multiplication and division of money values with int8 values (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously such cases would result in converting the int8 values to float8 and then using the money-and-float8 operators. The new behavior avoids possible precision loss. But note that division of money by int8 now truncates the quotient, like other integer-division cases, while the previous behavior would have rounded.

  • Check for overflow in the money type's input function (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add simplified regexp_match() function (Emre Hasegeli)

    This is similar to regexp_matches(), but it only returns results from the first match so it does not need to return a set, making it easier to use for simple cases.

  • Add a version of jsonb's delete operator that takes an array of keys to delete (Magnus Hagander)

  • Make json_populate_record() and related functions process JSON arrays and objects recursively (Nikita Glukhov)

    With this change, array-type fields in the destination SQL type are properly converted from JSON arrays, and composite-type fields are properly converted from JSON objects. Previously, such cases would fail because the text representation of the JSON value would be fed to array_in() or record_in(), and its syntax would not match what those input functions expect.

  • Add function txid_current_if_assigned() to return the current transaction ID or NULL if no transaction ID has been assigned (Craig Ringer)

    This is different from txid_current(), which always returns a transaction ID, assigning one if necessary. Unlike that function, this function can be run on standby servers.

  • Add function txid_status() to check if a transaction was committed (Craig Ringer)

    This is useful for checking after an abrupt disconnection whether your previous transaction committed and you just didn't receive the acknowledgment.

  • Allow make_date() to interpret negative years as BC years (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Make to_timestamp() and to_date() reject out-of-range input fields (Artur Zakirov)

    For example, previously to_date('2009-06-40','YYYY-MM-DD') was accepted and returned 2009-07-10. It will now generate an error.

  • Allow PL/Python's cursor() and execute() functions to be called as methods of their plan-object arguments (Peter Eisentraut)

    This allows a more object-oriented programming style.

  • Allow PL/pgSQL's GET DIAGNOSTICS statement to retrieve values into array elements (Tom Lane)

    Previously, a syntactic restriction prevented the target variable from being an array element.

  • Allow PL/Tcl functions to return composite types and sets (Karl Lehenbauer)

  • Add a subtransaction command to PL/Tcl (Victor Wagner)

    This allows PL/Tcl queries to fail without aborting the entire function.

  • Add server parameters pltcl.start_proc and pltclu.start_proc, to allow initialization functions to be called on PL/Tcl startup (Tom Lane)

  • Allow specification of multiple host names or addresses in libpq connection strings and URIs (Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas)

    libpq will connect to the first responsive server in the list.

  • Allow libpq connection strings and URIs to request a read/write host, that is a master server rather than a standby server (Victor Wagner, Mithun Cy)

    This is useful when multiple host names are specified. It is controlled by libpq connection parameter target_session_attrs.

  • Allow the password file name to be specified as a libpq connection parameter (Julian Markwort)

    Previously this could only be specified via an environment variable.

  • Add function PQencryptPasswordConn() to allow creation of more types of encrypted passwords on the client side (Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas)

    Previously only MD5-encrypted passwords could be created using PQencryptPassword(). This new function can also create SCRAM-SHA-256-encrypted passwords.

  • Change ecpg preprocessor version from 4.12 to 10 (Tom Lane)

    Henceforth the ecpg version will match the PostgreSQL distribution version number.

  • Add conditional branch support to psql (Corey Huinker)

    This feature adds psql meta-commands \if, \elif, \else, and \endif. This is primarily helpful for scripting.

  • Add psql \gx meta-command to execute (\g) a query in expanded mode (\x) (Christoph Berg)

  • Expand psql variable references in backtick-executed strings (Tom Lane)

    This is particularly useful in the new psql conditional branch commands.

  • Prevent psql's special variables from being set to invalid values (Daniel Vérité, Tom Lane)

    Previously, setting one of psql's special variables to an invalid value silently resulted in the default behavior. \set on a special variable now fails if the proposed new value is invalid. As a special exception, \set with an empty or omitted new value, on a boolean-valued special variable, still has the effect of setting the variable to on; but now it actually acquires that value rather than an empty string. \unset on a special variable now explicitly sets the variable to its default value, which is also the value it acquires at startup. In sum, a control variable now always has a displayable value that reflects what psql is actually doing.

  • Add variables showing server version and psql version (Fabien Coelho)

  • Improve psql's \d (display relation) and \dD (display domain) commands to show collation, nullable, and default properties in separate columns (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously they were shown in a single “Modifiers” column.

  • Make the various \d commands handle no-matching-object cases more consistently (Daniel Gustafsson)

    They now all print the message about that to stderr, not stdout, and the message wording is more consistent.

  • Improve psql's tab completion (Jeff Janes, Ian Barwick, Andreas Karlsson, Sehrope Sarkuni, Thomas Munro, Kevin Grittner, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker)

  • Add pgbench option --log-prefix to control the log file prefix (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Allow pgbench's meta-commands to span multiple lines (Fabien Coelho)

    A meta-command can now be continued onto the next line by writing backslash-return.

  • Remove restriction on placement of -M option relative to other command line options (Tom Lane)

  • Add pg_receivewal option -Z/--compress to specify compression (Michael Paquier)

  • Add pg_recvlogical option --endpos to specify the ending position (Craig Ringer)

    This complements the existing --startpos option.

  • Rename initdb options --noclean and --nosync to be spelled --no-clean and --no-sync (Vik Fearing, Peter Eisentraut)

    The old spellings are still supported.

  • Allow pg_restore to exclude schemas (Michael Banck)

    This adds a new -N/--exclude-schema option.

  • Add --no-blobs option to pg_dump (Guillaume Lelarge)

    This suppresses dumping of large objects.

  • Add pg_dumpall option --no-role-passwords to omit role passwords (Robins Tharakan, Simon Riggs)

    This allows use of pg_dumpall by non-superusers; without this option, it fails due to inability to read passwords.

  • Support using synchronized snapshots when dumping from a standby server (Petr Jelinek)

  • Issue fsync() on the output files generated by pg_dump and pg_dumpall (Michael Paquier)

    This provides more security that the output is safely stored on disk before the program exits. This can be disabled with the new --no-sync option.

  • Allow pg_basebackup to stream write-ahead log in tar mode (Magnus Hagander)

    The WAL will be stored in a separate tar file from the base backup.

  • Make pg_basebackup use temporary replication slots (Magnus Hagander)

    Temporary replication slots will be used by default when pg_basebackup uses WAL streaming with default options.

  • Be more careful about fsync'ing in all required places in pg_basebackup and pg_receivewal (Michael Paquier)

  • Add pg_basebackup option --no-sync to disable fsync (Michael Paquier)

  • Improve pg_basebackup's handling of which directories to skip (David Steele)

  • Add wait option for pg_ctl's promote operation (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add long options for pg_ctl wait (--wait) and no-wait (--no-wait) (Vik Fearing)

  • Add long option for pg_ctl server options (--options) (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Make pg_ctl start --wait detect server-ready by watching postmaster.pid, not by attempting connections (Tom Lane)

    The postmaster has been changed to report its ready-for-connections status in postmaster.pid, and pg_ctl now examines that file to detect whether startup is complete. This is more efficient and reliable than the old method, and it eliminates postmaster log entries about rejected connection attempts during startup.

  • Reduce pg_ctl's reaction time when waiting for postmaster start/stop (Tom Lane)

    pg_ctl now probes ten times per second when waiting for a postmaster state change, rather than once per second.

  • Ensure that pg_ctl exits with nonzero status if an operation being waited for does not complete within the timeout (Peter Eisentraut)

    The start and promote operations now return exit status 1, not 0, in such cases. The stop operation has always done that.

  • Change to two-part release version numbering (Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane)

    Release numbers will now have two parts (e.g., 10.1) rather than three (e.g., 9.6.3). Major versions will now increase just the first number, and minor releases will increase just the second number. Release branches will be referred to by single numbers (e.g., 10 rather than 9.6). This change is intended to reduce user confusion about what is a major or minor release of PostgreSQL.

  • Improve behavior of pgindent (Piotr Stefaniak, Tom Lane)

    We have switched to a new version of pg_bsd_indent based on recent improvements made by the FreeBSD project. This fixes numerous small bugs that led to odd C code formatting decisions. Most notably, lines within parentheses (such as in a multi-line function call) are now uniformly indented to match the opening paren, even if that would result in code extending past the right margin.

  • Allow the ICU library to optionally be used for collation support (Peter Eisentraut)

    The ICU library has versioning that allows detection of collation changes between versions. It is enabled via configure option --with-icu. The default still uses the operating system's native collation library.

  • Automatically mark all PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1 functions as DLLEXPORT-ed on Windows (Laurenz Albe)

    If third-party code is using extern function declarations, they should also add DLLEXPORT markers to those declarations.

  • Remove SPI functions SPI_push(), SPI_pop(), SPI_push_conditional(), SPI_pop_conditional(), and SPI_restore_connection() as unnecessary (Tom Lane)

    Their functionality now happens automatically. There are now no-op macros by these names so that external modules don't need to be updated immediately, but eventually such calls should be removed.

    A side effect of this change is that SPI_palloc() and allied functions now require an active SPI connection; they do not degenerate to simple palloc() if there is none. That previous behavior was not very useful and posed risks of unexpected memory leaks.

  • Allow shared memory to be dynamically allocated (Thomas Munro, Robert Haas)

  • Add slab-like memory allocator for efficient fixed-size allocations (Tomas Vondra)

  • Use POSIX semaphores rather than SysV semaphores on Linux and FreeBSD (Tom Lane)

    This avoids platform-specific limits on SysV semaphore usage.

  • Improve support for 64-bit atomics (Andres Freund)

  • Enable 64-bit atomic operations on ARM64 (Roman Shaposhnik)

  • Switch to using clock_gettime(), if available, for duration measurements (Tom Lane)

    gettimeofday() is still used if clock_gettime() is not available.

  • Add more robust random number generators to be used for cryptographically secure uses (Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas)

    If no strong random number generator can be found, configure will fail unless the --disable-strong-random option is used. However, with this option, pgcrypto functions requiring a strong random number generator will be disabled.

  • Allow WaitLatchOrSocket() to wait for socket connection on Windows (Andres Freund)

  • tupconvert.c functions no longer convert tuples just to embed a different composite-type OID in them (Ashutosh Bapat, Tom Lane)

    The majority of callers don't care about the composite-type OID; but if the result tuple is to be used as a composite Datum, steps should be taken to make sure the correct OID is inserted in it.

  • Remove SCO and Unixware ports (Tom Lane)

  • Overhaul documentation build process (Alexander Lakhin)

  • Use XSLT to build the PostgreSQL documentation (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously Jade, DSSSL, and JadeTex were used.

  • Build HTML documentation using XSLT stylesheets by default (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow file_fdw to read from program output as well as files (Corey Huinker, Adam Gomaa)

  • In postgres_fdw, push aggregate functions to the remote server, when possible (Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat)

    This reduces the amount of data that must be passed from the remote server, and offloads aggregate computation from the requesting server.

  • In postgres_fdw, push joins to the remote server in more cases (David Rowley, Ashutosh Bapat, Etsuro Fujita)

  • Properly support OID columns in postgres_fdw tables (Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously OID columns always returned zeros.

  • Allow btree_gist and btree_gin to index enum types (Andrew Dunstan)

    This allows enums to be used in exclusion constraints.

  • Add indexing support to btree_gist for the UUID data type (Paul Jungwirth)

  • Add amcheck which can check the validity of B-tree indexes (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Show ignored constants as $N rather than ? in pg_stat_statements (Lukas Fittl)

  • Improve cube's handling of zero-dimensional cubes (Tom Lane)

    This also improves handling of infinite and NaN values.

  • Allow pg_buffercache to run with fewer locks (Ivan Kartyshov)

    This makes it less disruptive when run on production systems.

  • Add pgstattuple function pgstathashindex() to view hash index statistics (Ashutosh Sharma)

  • Use GRANT permissions to control pgstattuple function usage (Stephen Frost)

    This allows DBAs to allow non-superusers to run these functions.

  • Reduce locking when pgstattuple examines hash indexes (Amit Kapila)

  • Add pageinspect function page_checksum() to show a page's checksum (Tomas Vondra)

  • Add pageinspect function bt_page_items() to print page items from a page image (Tomas Vondra)

  • Add hash index support to pageinspect (Jesper Pedersen, Ashutosh Sharma)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 10.1 released on 2017-11-09 - docs

  • Prevent logical replication from setting non-replicated columns to nulls when replicating an UPDATE (Petr Jelinek)

  • Fix logical replication to fire BEFORE ROW DELETE triggers when expected (Masahiko Sawada)

    Previously, that failed to happen unless the table also had a BEFORE ROW UPDATE trigger.

  • Ignore CTEs when looking up the target table for INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, and prevent matching schema-qualified target table names to trigger transition table names (Thomas Munro)

    This restores the pre-v10 behavior for CTEs attached to DML commands.

  • Avoid evaluating an aggregate function's argument expression(s) at rows where its FILTER test fails (Tom Lane)

    This restores the pre-v10 (and SQL-standard) behavior.

  • Fix incorrect query results when multiple GROUPING SETS columns contain the same simple variable (Tom Lane)

  • Fix query-lifespan memory leakage while evaluating a set-returning function in a SELECT's target list (Tom Lane)

  • Allow parallel execution of prepared statements with generic plans (Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh)

  • Fix incorrect parallelization decisions for nested queries (Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh)

  • Fix parallel query handling to not fail when a recently-used role is dropped (Amit Kapila)

  • Fix crash in parallel execution of a bitmap scan having a BitmapAnd plan node below a BitmapOr node (Dilip Kumar)

  • Fix autovacuum's “work item” logic to prevent possible crashes and silent loss of work items (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Correctly ignore RelabelType expression nodes when examining functional-dependency statistics (David Rowley)

    This allows, e.g., extended statistics on varchar columns to be used properly.

  • Prevent sharing transition states between ordered-set aggregates (David Rowley)

    This causes a crash with the built-in ordered-set aggregates, and probably with user-written ones as well. v11 and later will include provisions for dealing with such cases safely, but in released branches, just disable the optimization.

  • Prevent idle_in_transaction_session_timeout from being ignored when a statement_timeout occurred earlier (Lukas Fittl)

  • Reduce the frequency of data flush requests during bulk file copies to avoid performance problems on macOS, particularly with its new APFS file system (Tom Lane)

  • Fix AggGetAggref() to return the correct Aggref nodes to aggregate final functions whose transition calculations have been merged (Tom Lane)

  • Fix insufficient schema-qualification in some new queries in pg_dump and psql (Vitaly Burovoy, Tom Lane, Noah Misch)

  • Avoid use of @> operator in psql's queries for \d (Tom Lane)

    This prevents problems when the parray_gin extension is installed, since that defines a conflicting operator.

  • In the documentation, restore HTML anchors to being upper-case strings (Peter Eisentraut)

    Due to a toolchain change, the 10.0 user manual had lower-case strings for intrapage anchors, thus breaking some external links into our website documentation. Return to our previous convention of using upper-case strings.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 10.2 released on 2018-02-08 - docs

  • Fix processing of partition keys containing multiple expressions (Álvaro Herrera, David Rowley)

    This error led to crashes or, with carefully crafted input, disclosure of arbitrary backend memory. (CVE-2018-1052)

  • Fix failure to mark a hash index's metapage dirty after adding a new overflow page, potentially leading to index corruption (Lixian Zou, Amit Kapila)

  • Ensure that vacuum will always clean up the pending-insertions list of a GIN index (Masahiko Sawada)

    This is necessary to ensure that dead index entries get removed. The old code got it backwards, allowing vacuum to skip the cleanup if some other process were running cleanup concurrently, thus risking invalid entries being left behind in the index.

  • Fix handling of list partitioning constraints for partition keys of boolean or array types (Amit Langote)

  • During VACUUM FULL, update the table's size fields in pg_class sooner (Amit Kapila)

    This prevents poor behavior when rebuilding hash indexes on the table, since those use the pg_class statistics to govern the initial hash size.

  • Fix UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT over zero columns (Tom Lane)

  • Disallow identity columns on typed tables and partitions (Michael Paquier)

    These cases will be treated as unsupported features for now.

  • Fix assorted failures to apply the correct default value when inserting into an identity column (Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut)

    In several contexts, notably COPY and ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN, the expected default value was not applied and instead a null value was inserted.

  • Allow functional dependency statistics to be used for boolean columns (Tom Lane)

    Previously, although extended statistics could be declared and collected on boolean columns, the planner failed to apply them.

  • Avoid underestimating the number of groups emitted by subqueries containing set-returning functions in their grouping columns (Tom Lane)

    Cases similar to SELECT DISTINCT unnest(foo) got a lower output rowcount estimate in 10.0 than they did in earlier releases, possibly resulting in unfavorable plan choices. Restore the prior estimation behavior.

  • Fix use of triggers in logical replication workers (Petr Jelinek)

  • Fix race condition during replication origin drop that could allow the dropping process to wait indefinitely (Tom Lane)

  • Allow members of the pg_read_all_stats role to see walsender statistics in the pg_stat_replication view (Feike Steenbergen)

  • Show walsenders that are sending base backups as active in the pg_stat_activity view (Magnus Hagander)

  • Fix reporting of scram-sha-256 authentication method in the pg_hba_file_rules view (Michael Paquier)

    Previously this was printed as scram-sha256, possibly confusing users as to the correct spelling.

  • Allow a client that supports SCRAM channel binding (such as v11 or later libpq) to connect to a v10 server (Michael Paquier)

    v10 does not have this feature, and the connection-time negotiation about whether to use it was done incorrectly.

  • Avoid live-lock in ConditionVariableBroadcast() (Tom Lane, Thomas Munro)

    Given repeatedly-unlucky timing, a process attempting to awaken all waiters for a condition variable could loop indefinitely. Due to the limited usage of condition variables in v10, this affects only parallel index scans and some operations on replication slots.

  • Clean up waits for condition variables correctly during subtransaction abort (Robert Haas)

  • Ensure that child processes that are waiting for a condition variable will exit promptly if the postmaster process dies (Tom Lane)

  • Fix crashes in parallel queries using more than one Gather node (Thomas Munro)

  • Fix hang in parallel index scan when processing a deleted or half-dead index page (Amit Kapila)

  • Avoid crash if parallel bitmap heap scan is unable to allocate a shared memory segment (Robert Haas)

  • Avoid unnecessary failure when no parallel workers can be obtained during parallel query startup (Robert Haas)

  • Fix collection of EXPLAIN statistics from parallel workers (Amit Kapila, Thomas Munro)

  • Ensure that query strings passed to parallel workers are correctly null-terminated (Thomas Munro)

    This prevents emitting garbage in postmaster log output from such workers.

  • Avoid crash during an EvalPlanQual recheck of an indexscan that is the inner child of a merge join (Tom Lane)

    This could only happen during an update or SELECT FOR UPDATE of a join, when there is a concurrent update of some selected row.

  • Fix crash in autovacuum when extended statistics are defined for a table but can't be computed (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Prevent out-of-memory failures due to excessive growth of simple hash tables (Tomas Vondra, Andres Freund)

  • Change the behavior of contrib/cube's cube ~> int operator to make it compatible with KNN search (Alexander Korotkov)

    The meaning of the second argument (the dimension selector) has been changed to make it predictable which value is selected even when dealing with cubes of varying dimensionalities.

    This is an incompatible change, but since the point of the operator was to be used in KNN searches, it seems rather useless as-is. After installing this update, any expression indexes or materialized views using this operator will need to be reindexed/refreshed.

  • Fix incorrect display of tuples' null bitmaps in contrib/pageinspect (Maksim Milyutin)

  • Fix incorrect output from contrib/pageinspect's hash_page_items() function (Masahiko Sawada)

  • In contrib/postgres_fdw, avoid “outer pathkeys do not match mergeclauses” planner error when constructing a plan involving a remote join (Robert Haas)

  • In contrib/postgres_fdw, avoid planner failure when there are duplicate GROUP BY entries (Jeevan Chalke)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 10.3 released on 2018-03-01 - docs

  • Document how to configure installations and applications to guard against search-path-dependent trojan-horse attacks from other users (Noah Misch)

    Using a search_path setting that includes any schemas writable by a hostile user enables that user to capture control of queries and then run arbitrary SQL code with the permissions of the attacked user. While it is possible to write queries that are proof against such hijacking, it is notationally tedious, and it's very easy to overlook holes. Therefore, we now recommend configurations in which no untrusted schemas appear in one's search path. Relevant documentation appears in Section 5.8.6 (for database administrators and users), Section 33.1 (for application authors), Section 37.15.1 (for extension authors), and CREATE FUNCTION (for authors of SECURITY DEFINER functions). (CVE-2018-1058)

  • Prevent logical replication from trying to ship changes for unpublishable relations (Peter Eisentraut)

    A publication marked FOR ALL TABLES would incorrectly ship changes in materialized views and information_schema tables, which are supposed to be omitted from the change stream.

  • Fix incorrect pg_dump output for some non-default sequence limit values (Alexey Bashtanov)

  • Fix pg_dump's mishandling of STATISTICS objects (Tom Lane)

    An extended statistics object's schema was mislabeled in the dump's table of contents, possibly leading to the wrong results in a schema-selective restore. Its ownership was not correctly restored, either. Also, change the logic so that statistics objects are dumped/restored, or not, as independent objects rather than tying them to the dump/restore decision for the table they are on. The original definition could not scale to the planned future extension to cross-table statistics.

  • Mark assorted GUC variables as PGDLLIMPORT, to ease porting extension modules to Windows (Metin Doslu)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 10.4 released on 2018-05-10 - docs

  • Remove public execute privilege from contrib/adminpack's pg_logfile_rotate() function (Stephen Frost)

    pg_logfile_rotate() is a deprecated wrapper for the core function pg_rotate_logfile(). When that function was changed to rely on SQL privileges for access control rather than a hard-coded superuser check, pg_logfile_rotate() should have been updated as well, but the need for this was missed. Hence, if adminpack is installed, any user could request a logfile rotation, creating a minor security issue.

    After installing this update, administrators should update adminpack by performing ALTER EXTENSION adminpack UPDATE in each database in which adminpack is installed. (CVE-2018-1115)

  • Fix incorrect parallel-safety markings on a few built-in functions (Thomas Munro, Tom Lane)

    The functions brin_summarize_new_values, brin_summarize_range, brin_desummarize_range, gin_clean_pending_list, cursor_to_xml, cursor_to_xmlschema, ts_rewrite, ts_stat, binary_upgrade_create_empty_extension, and pg_import_system_collations should be marked parallel-unsafe; some because they perform database modifications directly, and others because they execute user-supplied queries that might do so. They were marked parallel-restricted instead, leading to a risk of unexpected query errors. This has been repaired for new installations by correcting the initial catalog data, but existing installations will continue to contain the incorrect markings. Practical use of these functions seems to pose little hazard unless force_parallel_mode is turned on. In case of trouble, it can be fixed by manually updating these functions' pg_proc entries, for example ALTER FUNCTION pg_catalog.brin_summarize_new_values(regclass) PARALLEL UNSAFE. (Note that that will need to be done in each database of the installation.) Another option is to pg_upgrade the database to a version containing the corrected initial data.

  • Correctly enforce any CHECK constraints on individual partitions during COPY to a partitioned table (Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, only constraints declared for the partitioned table as a whole were checked.

  • Accept TRUE and FALSE as partition bound values (Amit Langote)

    Previously, only string-literal values were accepted for a boolean partitioning column. But then pg_dump would print such values as TRUE or FALSE, leading to dump/reload failures.

  • Fix memory management for partition key comparison functions (Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote)

    This error could lead to crashes when using user-defined operator classes for partition keys.

  • Fix possible crash when a query inserts tuples in several partitions of a partitioned table, and those partitions don't have identical row types (Etsuro Fujita, Amit Langote)

  • Include extended-statistics objects in the set of table properties duplicated by CREATE TABLE ... LIKE ... INCLUDING ALL (David Rowley)

    Also add an INCLUDING STATISTICS option, to allow finer-grained control over whether this happens.

  • Fix CREATE TABLE ... LIKE with bigint identity columns (Peter Eisentraut)

    On platforms where long is 32 bits (which includes 64-bit Windows as well as most 32-bit machines), copied sequence parameters would be truncated to 32 bits.

  • Prevent planner crash when a query has multiple GROUPING SETS, none of which can be implemented by sorting (Andrew Gierth)

  • Fix executor crash due to double free in some GROUPING SETS usages (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Fix misexecution of self-joins on transition tables (Thomas Munro)

  • Fix possible leak or double free of visibility map buffer pins (Amit Kapila)

  • Avoid spuriously marking pages as all-visible (Dan Wood, Pavan Deolasee, Álvaro Herrera)

    This could happen if some tuples were locked (but not deleted). While queries would still function correctly, vacuum would normally ignore such pages, with the long-term effect that the tuples were never frozen. In recent releases this would eventually result in errors such as “found multixact nnnnn from before relminmxid nnnnn”.

  • Handle pg_stat_activity information for auxiliary processes correctly (Edmund Horner)

    The application_name, client_hostname, and query fields might show incorrect data for such processes.

  • Prevent query-lifespan memory leakage with SP-GiST operator classes that use traversal values (Anton Dignös)

  • Fix logical replication to not assume that type OIDs match between the local and remote servers (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Fix errors in initial build of contrib/bloom indexes (Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane)

    Fix possible omission of the table's last tuple from the index. Count the number of index tuples correctly, in case it is a partial index.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 10.5 released on 2018-08-09 - docs

  • Ensure that a snapshot is provided when executing data type input functions in logical replication subscribers (Minh-Quan Tran, Álvaro Herrera)

    This omission led to failures in some cases, such as domains with constraints using SQL-language functions.

  • Add subtransaction handling in logical-replication table synchronization workers (Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas)

    Previously, table synchronization could misbehave if any subtransactions were aborted after modifying a table being synchronized.

  • Pad arrays of unnamed POSIX semaphores to reduce cache line sharing (Thomas Munro)

    This reduces contention on many-CPU systems, fixing a performance regression (compared to previous releases) on Linux and FreeBSD.

  • Ensure that a process doing a parallel index scan will respond to signals (Amit Kapila)

    Previously, parallel workers could get stuck waiting for a lock on an index page, and not notice requests to abort the query.

  • Fix hash-join costing mistake introduced with inner_unique optimization (David Rowley)

    This could lead to bad plan choices in situations where that optimization was applicable.

  • Fix planner to avoid “ORDER/GROUP BY expression not found in targetlist” errors in some queries with set-returning functions (Tom Lane)

  • Fix handling of partition keys whose data type uses a polymorphic btree operator class, such as arrays (Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Remove undocumented restriction against duplicate partition key columns (Yugo Nagata)

  • Disallow temporary tables from being partitions of non-temporary tables (Amit Langote, Michael Paquier)

    While previously allowed, this case didn't work reliably.

  • Fix EXPLAIN's accounting for resource usage, particularly buffer accesses, in parallel workers (Amit Kapila, Robert Haas)

  • Fix SHOW ALL to show all settings to roles that are members of pg_read_all_settings, and also allow such roles to see source filename and line number in the pg_settings view (Laurenz Albe, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix failure to schema-qualify some object names in getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity output (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane)

    Names of collations, conversions, text search objects, publication relations, and extended statistics objects were not schema-qualified when they should be.

  • Fix CREATE AGGREGATE type checking so that parallelism support functions can be attached to variadic aggregates (Alexey Bashtanov)

  • Allow replication slots to be dropped in single-user mode (Álvaro Herrera)

    This use-case was accidentally broken in release 10.0.

  • Fix incorrect results from variance(int4) and related aggregates when run in parallel aggregation mode (David Rowley)

  • Process TEXT and CDATA nodes correctly in xmltable() column expressions (Markus Winand)

  • Cope with possible failure of OpenSSL's RAND_bytes() function (Dean Rasheed, Michael Paquier)

    Under rare circumstances, this oversight could result in “could not generate random cancel key” failures that could only be resolved by restarting the postmaster.

  • Fix libpq's handling of some cases where hostaddr is specified (Hari Babu, Tom Lane, Robert Haas)

    PQhost() gave misleading or incorrect results in some cases. Now, it uniformly returns the host name if specified, or the host address if only that is specified, or the default host name (typically /tmp or localhost) if both parameters are omitted.

    Also, the wrong value might be compared to the server name when verifying an SSL certificate.

    Also, the wrong value might be compared to the host name field in ~/.pgpass. Now, that field is compared to the host name if specified, or the host address if only that is specified, or localhost if both parameters are omitted.

    Also, an incorrect error message was reported for an unparseable hostaddr value.

    Also, when the host, hostaddr, or port parameters contain comma-separated lists, libpq is now more careful to treat empty elements of a list as selecting the default behavior.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 11 released on 2018-10-18 - docs

  • Make pg_dump dump the properties of a database, not just its contents (Haribabu Kommi)

    Previously, attributes of the database itself, such as database-level GRANT/REVOKE permissions and ALTER DATABASE SET variable settings, were only dumped by pg_dumpall. Now pg_dump --create and pg_restore --create will restore these database properties in addition to the objects within the database. pg_dumpall -g now only dumps role- and tablespace-related attributes. pg_dumpall's complete output (without -g) is unchanged.

    pg_dump and pg_restore, without --create, no longer dump/restore database-level comments and security labels; those are now treated as properties of the database.

    pg_dumpall's output script will now always create databases with their original locale and encoding, and hence will fail if the locale or encoding name is unknown to the destination system. Previously, CREATE DATABASE would be emitted without these specifications if the database locale and encoding matched the old cluster's defaults.

    pg_dumpall --clean now restores the original locale and encoding settings of the postgres and template1 databases, as well as those of user-created databases.

  • Consider syntactic form when disambiguating function versus column references (Tom Lane)

    When x is a table name or composite column, PostgreSQL has traditionally considered the syntactic forms f(x) and x.f to be equivalent, allowing tricks such as writing a function and then using it as though it were a computed-on-demand column. However, if both interpretations are feasible, the column interpretation was always chosen, leading to surprising results if the user intended the function interpretation. Now, if there is ambiguity, the interpretation that matches the syntactic form is chosen.

  • Fully enforce uniqueness of table and domain constraint names (Tom Lane)

    PostgreSQL expects the names of a table's constraints to be distinct, and likewise for the names of a domain's constraints. However, there was not rigid enforcement of this, and previously there were corner cases where duplicate names could be created.

  • Make power(numeric, numeric) and power(float8, float8) handle NaN inputs according to the POSIX standard (Tom Lane, Dang Minh Huong)

    POSIX says that NaN ^ 0 = 1 and 1 ^ NaN = 1, but all other cases with NaN input(s) should return NaN. power(numeric, numeric) just returned NaN in all such cases; now it honors the two exceptions. power(float8, float8) followed the standard if the C library does; but on some old Unix platforms the library doesn't, and there were also problems on some versions of Windows.

  • Prevent to_number() from consuming characters when the template separator does not match (Oliver Ford)

    Specifically, SELECT to_number('1234', '9,999') used to return 134. It will now return 1234. L and TH now only consume characters that are not digits, positive/negative signs, decimal points, or commas.

  • Fix to_date(), to_number(), and to_timestamp() to skip a character for each template character (Tom Lane)

    Previously, they skipped one byte for each byte of template character, resulting in strange behavior if either string contained multibyte characters.

  • Adjust the handling of backslashes inside double-quotes in template strings for to_char(), to_number(), and to_timestamp().

    Such a backslash now escapes the character after it, particularly a double-quote or another backslash.

  • Correctly handle relative path expressions in xmltable(), xpath(), and other XML-handling functions (Markus Winand)

    Per the SQL standard, relative paths start from the document node of the XML input document, not the root node as these functions previously did.

  • In the extended query protocol, make statement_timeout apply to each Execute message separately, not to all commands before Sync (Tatsuo Ishii, Andres Freund)

  • Remove the relhaspkey column from system catalog pg_class (Peter Eisentraut)

    Applications needing to check for a primary key should consult pg_index.

  • Replace system catalog pg_proc's proisagg and proiswindow columns with prokind (Peter Eisentraut)

    This new column more clearly distinguishes functions, procedures, aggregates, and window functions.

  • Correct information schema column tables.table_type to return FOREIGN instead of FOREIGN TABLE (Peter Eisentraut)

    This new output matches the SQL standard.

  • Change the ps process display labels for background workers to match the pg_stat_activity.backend_type labels (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Cause large object permission checks to happen during large object open, lo_open(), not when a read or write is attempted (Tom Lane, Michael Paquier)

    If write access is requested and not available, an error will now be thrown even if the large object is never written to.

  • Prevent non-superusers from reindexing shared catalogs (Michael Paquier, Robert Haas)

    Previously, database owners were also allowed to do this, but now it is considered outside the bounds of their privileges.

  • Remove deprecated adminpack functions pg_file_read(), pg_file_length(), and pg_logfile_rotate() (Stephen Frost)

    Equivalent functionality is now present in the core backend. Existing adminpack installs will continue to have access to these functions until they are updated via ALTER EXTENSION ... UPDATE.

  • Honor the capitalization of double-quoted command options (Daniel Gustafsson)

    Previously, option names in certain SQL commands were forcibly lower-cased even if entered with double quotes; thus for example "FillFactor" would be accepted as an index storage option, though properly its name is lower-case. Such cases will now generate an error.

  • Remove server parameter replacement_sort_tuples (Peter Geoghegan)

    Replacement sorts were determined to be no longer useful.

  • Remove WITH clause in CREATE FUNCTION (Michael Paquier)

    PostgreSQL has long supported a more standard-compliant syntax for this capability.

  • In PL/pgSQL trigger functions, the OLD and NEW variables now read as NULL when not assigned (Tom Lane)

    Previously, references to these variables could be parsed but not executed.

  • Allow the creation of partitions based on hashing a key column (Amul Sul)

  • Support indexes on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote)

    An “index” on a partitioned table is not a physical index across the whole partitioned table, but rather a template for automatically creating similar indexes on each partition of the table.

    If the partition key is part of the index's column set, a partitioned index may be declared UNIQUE. It will represent a valid uniqueness constraint across the whole partitioned table, even though each physical index only enforces uniqueness within its own partition.

    The new command ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION causes an existing index on a partition to be associated with a matching index template for its partitioned table. This provides flexibility in setting up a new partitioned index for an existing partitioned table.

  • Allow foreign keys on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Allow FOR EACH ROW triggers on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    Creation of a trigger on a partitioned table automatically creates triggers on all existing and future partitions. This also allows deferred unique constraints on partitioned tables.

  • Allow partitioned tables to have a default partition (Jeevan Ladhe, Beena Emerson, Ashutosh Bapat, Rahila Syed, Robert Haas)

    The default partition will store rows that don't match any of the other defined partitions, and is searched accordingly.

  • UPDATE statements that change a partition key column now cause affected rows to be moved to the appropriate partitions (Amit Khandekar)

  • Allow INSERT, UPDATE, and COPY on partitioned tables to properly route rows to foreign partitions (Etsuro Fujita, Amit Langote)

    This is supported by postgres_fdw foreign tables. Since the ExecForeignInsert callback function is called for this in a different way than it used to be, foreign data wrappers must be modified to cope with this change.

  • Allow faster partition elimination during query processing (Amit Langote, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar)

    This speeds access to partitioned tables with many partitions.

  • Allow partition elimination during query execution (David Rowley, Beena Emerson)

    Previously, partition elimination only happened at planning time, meaning many joins and prepared queries could not use partition elimination.

  • In an equality join between partitioned tables, allow matching partitions to be joined directly (Ashutosh Bapat)

    This feature is disabled by default but can be enabled by changing enable_partitionwise_join.

  • Allow aggregate functions on partitioned tables to be evaluated separately for each partition, subsequently merging the results (Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat, Robert Haas)

    This feature is disabled by default but can be enabled by changing enable_partitionwise_aggregate.

  • Allow postgres_fdw to push down aggregates to foreign tables that are partitions (Jeevan Chalke)

  • Allow parallel building of a btree index (Peter Geoghegan, Rushabh Lathia, Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Allow hash joins to be performed in parallel using a shared hash table (Thomas Munro)

  • Allow UNION to run each SELECT in parallel if the individual SELECTs cannot be parallelized (Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas, Amul Sul)

  • Allow partition scans to more efficiently use parallel workers (Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas, Amul Sul)

  • Allow LIMIT to be passed to parallel workers (Robert Haas, Tom Lane)

    This allows workers to reduce returned results and use targeted index scans.

  • Allow single-evaluation queries, e.g. WHERE clause aggregate queries, and functions in the target list to be parallelized (Amit Kapila, Robert Haas)

  • Add server parameter parallel_leader_participation to control whether the leader also executes subplans (Thomas Munro)

    The default is enabled, meaning the leader will execute subplans.

  • Allow parallelization of commands CREATE TABLE ... AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (Haribabu Kommi)

  • Improve performance of sequential scans with many parallel workers (David Rowley)

  • Add reporting of parallel workers' sort activity in EXPLAIN (Robert Haas, Tom Lane)

  • Allow B-tree indexes to include columns that are not part of the search key or unique constraint, but are available to be read by index-only scans (Anastasia Lubennikova, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev)

    This is enabled by the new INCLUDE clause of CREATE INDEX. It facilitates building “covering indexes” that optimize specific types of queries. Columns can be included even if their data types don't have B-tree support.

  • Improve performance of monotonically increasing index additions (Pavan Deolasee, Peter Geoghegan)

  • Improve performance of hash index scans (Ashutosh Sharma)

  • Add predicate locking for hash, GiST and GIN indexes (Shubham Barai)

    This reduces the likelihood of serialization conflicts in serializable-mode transactions.

  • Add prefix-match operator text ^@ text, which is supported by SP-GiST (Ildus Kurbangaliev)

    This is similar to using var LIKE 'word%' with a btree index, but it is more efficient.

  • Allow polygons to be indexed with SP-GiST (Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov)

  • Allow SP-GiST to use lossy representation of leaf keys (Teodor Sigaev, Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov)

  • Improve selection of the most common values for statistics (Jeff Janes, Dean Rasheed)

    Previously, the most common values (MCVs) were identified based on their frequency compared to all column values. Now, MCVs are chosen based on their frequency compared to the non-MCV values. This improves the robustness of the algorithm for both uniform and non-uniform distributions.

  • Improve selectivity estimates for >= and <= (Tom Lane)

    Previously, such cases used the same selectivity estimates as > and <, respectively, unless the comparison constants are MCVs. This change is particularly helpful for queries involving BETWEEN with small ranges.

  • Reduce var = var to var IS NOT NULL where equivalent (Tom Lane)

    This leads to better selectivity estimates.

  • Improve optimizer's row count estimates for EXISTS and NOT EXISTS queries (Tom Lane)

  • Make the optimizer account for evaluation costs and selectivity of HAVING clauses (Tom Lane)

  • Add Just-in-Time (JIT) compilation of some parts of query plans to improve execution speed (Andres Freund)

    This feature requires LLVM to be available. It is not currently enabled by default, even in builds that support it.

  • Allow bitmap scans to perform index-only scans when possible (Alexander Kuzmenkov)

  • Update the free space map during VACUUM (Claudio Freire)

    This allows free space to be reused more quickly.

  • Allow VACUUM to avoid unnecessary index scans (Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov)

  • Improve performance of committing multiple concurrent transactions (Amit Kapila)

  • Reduce memory usage for queries using set-returning functions in their target lists (Andres Freund)

  • Improve the speed of aggregate computations (Andres Freund)

  • Allow postgres_fdw to push UPDATEs and DELETEs using joins to foreign servers (Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, only non-join UPDATEs and DELETEs were pushed.

  • Add support for large pages on Windows (Takayuki Tsunakawa, Thomas Munro)

    This is controlled by the huge_pages configuration parameter.

  • Show memory usage in output from log_statement_stats, log_parser_stats, log_planner_stats, and log_executor_stats (Justin Pryzby, Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add column pg_stat_activity.backend_type to show the type of a background worker (Peter Eisentraut)

    The type is also visible in ps output.

  • Make log_autovacuum_min_duration log skipped tables that are concurrently being dropped (Nathan Bossart)

  • Add information_schema columns related to table constraints and triggers (Peter Eisentraut)

    Specifically, triggers.action_order, triggers.action_reference_old_table, and triggers.action_reference_new_table are now populated, where before they were always null. Also, table_constraints.enforced now exists but is not yet usefully populated.

  • Allow the server to specify more complex LDAP specifications in search+bind mode (Thomas Munro)

    Specifically, ldapsearchfilter allows pattern matching using combinations of LDAP attributes.

  • Allow LDAP authentication to use encrypted LDAP (Thomas Munro)

    We already supported LDAP over TLS by using ldaptls=1. This new TLS LDAP method for encrypted LDAP is enabled with ldapscheme=ldaps or ldapurl=ldaps://.

  • Improve logging of LDAP errors (Thomas Munro)

  • Add default roles that enable file system access (Stephen Frost)

    Specifically, the new roles are: pg_read_server_files, pg_write_server_files, and pg_execute_server_program. These roles now also control who can use server-side COPY and the file_fdw extension. Previously, only superusers could use these functions, and that is still the default behavior.

  • Allow access to file system functions to be controlled by GRANT/REVOKE permissions, rather than superuser checks (Stephen Frost)

    Specifically, these functions were modified: pg_ls_dir(), pg_read_file(), pg_read_binary_file(), pg_stat_file().

  • Use GRANT/REVOKE to control access to lo_import() and lo_export() (Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)

    Previously, only superusers were granted access to these functions.

    The compile-time option ALLOW_DANGEROUS_LO_FUNCTIONS has been removed.

  • Use view owner not session owner when preventing non-password access to postgres_fdw tables (Robert Haas)

    PostgreSQL only allows superusers to access postgres_fdw tables without passwords, e.g. via peer. Previously, the session owner had to be a superuser to allow such access; now the view owner is checked instead.

  • Fix invalid locking permission check in SELECT FOR UPDATE on views (Tom Lane)

  • Add server setting ssl_passphrase_command to allow supplying of the passphrase for SSL key files (Peter Eisentraut)

    Also add ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload to specify whether the SSL configuration should be reloaded and ssl_passphrase_command called during a server configuration reload.

  • Add storage parameter toast_tuple_target to control the minimum tuple length before TOAST storage will be considered (Simon Riggs)

    The default TOAST threshold has not been changed.

  • Allow server options related to memory and file sizes to be specified in units of bytes (Beena Emerson)

    The new unit suffix is “B”. This is in addition to the existing units “kB”, “MB”, “GB” and “TB”.

  • Allow the WAL file size to be set during initdb (Beena Emerson)

    Previously, the 16MB default could only be changed at compile time.

  • Retain WAL data for only a single checkpoint (Simon Riggs)

    Previously, WAL was retained for two checkpoints.

  • Fill the unused portion of force-switched WAL segment files with zeros for improved compressibility (Chapman Flack)

  • Replicate TRUNCATE activity when using logical replication (Simon Riggs, Marco Nenciarini, Peter Eisentraut)

  • Pass prepared transaction information to logical replication subscribers (Nikhil Sontakke, Stas Kelvich)

  • Exclude unlogged tables, temporary tables, and pg_internal.init files from streaming base backups (David Steele)

    There is no need to copy such files.

  • Allow checksums of heap pages to be verified during streaming base backup (Michael Banck)

  • Allow replication slots to be advanced programmatically, rather than be consumed by subscribers (Petr Jelinek)

    This allows efficient advancement of replication slots when the contents do not need to be consumed. This is performed by pg_replication_slot_advance().

  • Add timeline information to the backup_label file (Michael Paquier)

    Also add a check that the WAL timeline matches the backup_label file's timeline.

  • Add host and port connection information to the pg_stat_wal_receiver system view (Haribabu Kommi)

  • Allow ALTER TABLE to add a column with a non-null default without doing a table rewrite (Andrew Dunstan, Serge Rielau)

    This is enabled when the default value is a constant.

  • Allow views to be locked by locking the underlying tables (Yugo Nagata)

  • Allow ALTER INDEX to set statistics-gathering targets for expression indexes (Alexander Korotkov, Adrien Nayrat)

    In psql, \d+ now shows the statistics target for indexes.

  • Allow multiple tables to be specified in one VACUUM or ANALYZE command (Nathan Bossart)

    Also, if any table mentioned in VACUUM uses a column list, then the ANALYZE keyword must be supplied; previously, ANALYZE was implied in such cases.

  • Add parenthesized options syntax to ANALYZE (Nathan Bossart)

    This is similar to the syntax supported by VACUUM.

  • Add CREATE AGGREGATE option to specify the behavior of the aggregate's finalization function (Tom Lane)

    This is helpful for allowing user-defined aggregate functions to be optimized and to work as window functions.

  • Allow the creation of arrays of domains (Tom Lane)

    This also allows array_agg() to be used on domains.

  • Support domains over composite types (Tom Lane)

    Also allow PL/Perl, PL/Python, and PL/Tcl to handle composite-domain function arguments and results. Also improve PL/Python domain handling.

  • Add casts from JSONB scalars to numeric and boolean data types (Anastasia Lubennikova)

  • Add all window function framing options specified by SQL:2011 (Oliver Ford, Tom Lane)

    Specifically, allow RANGE mode to use PRECEDING and FOLLOWING to select rows having grouping values within plus or minus the specified offset. Add GROUPS mode to include plus or minus the number of peer groups. Frame exclusion syntax was also added.

  • Add SHA-2 family of hash functions (Peter Eisentraut)

    Specifically, sha224(), sha256(), sha384(), sha512() were added.

  • Add support for 64-bit non-cryptographic hash functions (Robert Haas, Amul Sul)

  • Allow to_char() and to_timestamp() to specify the time zone's offset from UTC in hours and minutes (Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan)

    This is done with format specifications TZH and TZM.

  • Add text search function websearch_to_tsquery() that supports a query syntax similar to that used by web search engines (Victor Drobny, Dmitry Ivanov)

  • Add functions json(b)_to_tsvector() to create a text search query for matching JSON/JSONB values (Dmitry Dolgov)

  • Add SQL-level procedures, which can start and commit their own transactions (Peter Eisentraut)

    They are created with the new CREATE PROCEDURE command and invoked via CALL.

    The new ALTER/DROP ROUTINE commands allow altering/dropping of all routine-like objects, including procedures, functions, and aggregates.

    Also, writing FUNCTION is now preferred over writing PROCEDURE in CREATE OPERATOR and CREATE TRIGGER, because the referenced object must be a function not a procedure. However, the old syntax is still accepted for compatibility.

  • Add transaction control to PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl, PL/Python, PL/Tcl, and SPI server-side languages (Peter Eisentraut)

    Transaction control is only available within top-transaction-level procedures and nested DO and CALL blocks that only contain other DO and CALL blocks.

  • Add the ability to define PL/pgSQL composite-type variables as not null, constant, or with initial values (Tom Lane)

  • Allow PL/pgSQL to handle changes to composite types (e.g. record, row) that happen between the first and later function executions in the same session (Tom Lane)

    Previously, such circumstances generated errors.

  • Add extension jsonb_plpython to transform JSONB to/from PL/Python types (Anthony Bykov)

  • Add extension jsonb_plperl to transform JSONB to/from PL/Perl types (Anthony Bykov)

  • Change libpq to disable compression by default (Peter Eisentraut)

    Compression is already disabled in modern OpenSSL versions, so that the libpq setting had no effect with such libraries.

  • Add DO CONTINUE option to ecpg's WHENEVER statement (Vinayak Pokale)

    This generates a C continue statement, causing a return to the top of the contained loop when the specified condition occurs.

  • Add an ecpg mode to enable Oracle Pro*C-style handling of char arrays.

    This mode is enabled with -C.

  • Add psql command \gdesc to display the names and types of the columns in a query result (Pavel Stehule)

  • Add psql variables to report query activity and errors (Fabien Coelho)

    Specifically, the new variables are ERROR, SQLSTATE, ROW_COUNT, LAST_ERROR_MESSAGE, and LAST_ERROR_SQLSTATE.

  • Allow psql to test for the existence of a variable (Fabien Coelho)

    Specifically, the syntax :{?variable_name} allows a variable's existence to be tested in an \if statement.

  • Allow environment variable PSQL_PAGER to control psql's pager (Pavel Stehule)

    This allows psql's default pager to be specified as a separate environment variable from the pager for other applications. PAGER is still honored if PSQL_PAGER is not set.

  • Make psql's \d+ command always show the table's partitioning information (Amit Langote, Ashutosh Bapat)

    Previously, partition information would not be displayed for a partitioned table if it had no partitions. Also indicate which partitions are themselves partitioned.

  • Ensure that psql reports the proper user name when prompting for a password (Tom Lane)

    Previously, combinations of -U and a user name embedded in a URI caused incorrect reporting. Also suppress the user name before the password prompt when --password is specified.

  • Allow quit and exit to exit psql when given with no prior input (Bruce Momjian)

    Also print hints about how to exit when quit and exit are used alone on a line while the input buffer is not empty. Add a similar hint for help.

  • Make psql hint at using control-D when \q is entered alone on a line but ignored (Bruce Momjian)

    For example, \q does not exit when supplied in character strings.

  • Improve tab completion for ALTER INDEX RESET/SET (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Add infrastructure to allow psql to adapt its tab completion queries based on the server version (Tom Lane)

    Previously, tab completion queries could fail against older servers.

  • Add pgbench expression support for NULLs, booleans, and some functions and operators (Fabien Coelho)

  • Add \if conditional support to pgbench (Fabien Coelho)

  • Allow the use of non-ASCII characters in pgbench variable names (Fabien Coelho)

  • Add pgbench option --init-steps to control the initialization steps performed (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Add an approximately Zipfian-distributed random generator to pgbench (Alik Khilazhev)

  • Allow the random seed to be set in pgbench (Fabien Coelho)

  • Allow pgbench to do exponentiation with pow() and power() (Raúl Marín Rodríguez)

  • Add hashing functions to pgbench (Ildar Musin)

  • Make pgbench statistics more accurate when using --latency-limit and --rate (Fabien Coelho)

  • Add an option to pg_basebackup that creates a named replication slot (Michael Banck)

    The option --create-slot creates the named replication slot (--slot) when the WAL streaming method (--wal-method=stream) is used.

  • Allow initdb to set group read access to the data directory (David Steele)

    This is accomplished with the new initdb option --allow-group-access. Administrators can also set group permissions on the empty data directory before running initdb. Server variable data_directory_mode allows reading of data directory group permissions.

  • Add pg_verify_checksums tool to verify database checksums while offline (Magnus Hagander)

  • Allow pg_resetwal to change the WAL segment size via --wal-segsize (Nathan Bossart)

  • Add long options to pg_resetwal and pg_controldata (Nathan Bossart, Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add pg_receivewal option --no-sync to prevent synchronous WAL writes, for testing (Michael Paquier)

  • Add pg_receivewal option --endpos to specify when WAL receiving should stop (Michael Paquier)

  • Allow pg_ctl to send the SIGKILL signal to processes (Andres Freund)

    This was previously unsupported due to concerns over possible misuse.

  • Reduce the number of files copied by pg_rewind (Michael Paquier)

  • Prevent pg_rewind from running as root (Michael Paquier)

  • Add pg_dumpall option --encoding to control output encoding (Michael Paquier)

    pg_dump already had this option.

  • Add pg_dump option --load-via-partition-root to force loading of data into the partition's root table, rather than the original partition (Rushabh Lathia)

    This is useful if the system to be loaded to has different collation definitions or endianness, possibly requiring rows to be stored in different partitions than previously.

  • Add an option to suppress dumping and restoring database object comments (Robins Tharakan)

    The new pg_dump, pg_dumpall, and pg_restore option is --no-comments.

  • Add PGXS support for installing include files (Andrew Gierth)

    This supports creating extension modules that depend on other modules. Formerly there was no easy way for the dependent module to find the referenced one's include files. Several existing contrib modules that define data types have been adjusted to install relevant files. Also, PL/Perl and PL/Python now install their include files, to support creation of transform modules for those languages.

  • Install errcodes.txt to allow extensions to access the list of error codes known to PostgreSQL (Thomas Munro)

  • Convert documentation to DocBook XML (Peter Eisentraut, Alexander Lakhin, Jürgen Purtz)

    The file names still use an sgml extension for compatibility with back branches.

  • Use stdbool.h to define type bool on platforms where it's suitable, which is most (Peter Eisentraut)

    This eliminates a coding hazard for extension modules that need to include stdbool.h.

  • Overhaul the way that initial system catalog contents are defined (John Naylor)

    The initial data is now represented in Perl data structures, making it much easier to manipulate mechanically.

  • Prevent extensions from creating custom server parameters that take a quoted list of values (Tom Lane)

    This cannot be supported at present because knowledge of the parameter's property would be required even before the extension is loaded.

  • Add ability to use channel binding when using SCRAM authentication (Michael Paquier)

    Channel binding is intended to prevent man-in-the-middle attacks, but SCRAM cannot prevent them unless it can be forced to be active. Unfortunately, there is no way to do that in libpq. Support for it is expected in future versions of libpq and in interfaces not built using libpq, e.g. JDBC.

  • Allow background workers to attach to databases that normally disallow connections (Magnus Hagander)

  • Add support for hardware CRC calculations on ARMv8 (Yuqi Gu, Heikki Linnakangas, Thomas Munro)

  • Speed up lookups of built-in functions by OID (Andres Freund)

    The previous binary search has been replaced by a lookup array.

  • Speed up construction of query results (Andres Freund)

  • Improve speed of access to system caches (Andres Freund)

  • Add a generational memory allocator which is optimized for serial allocation/deallocation (Tomas Vondra)

    This reduces memory usage for logical decoding.

  • Make the computation of pg_class.reltuples by VACUUM consistent with its computation by ANALYZE (Tomas Vondra)

  • Update to use perltidy version 20170521 (Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow extension pg_prewarm to restore the previous shared buffer contents on startup (Mithun Cy, Robert Haas)

    This is accomplished by having pg_prewarm store the shared buffers' relation and block number data to disk occasionally during server operation, and at shutdown.

  • Add pg_trgm function strict_word_similarity() to compute the similarity of whole words (Alexander Korotkov)

    The function word_similarity() already existed for this purpose, but it was designed to find similar parts of words, while strict_word_similarity() computes the similarity to whole words.

  • Allow btree_gin to index bool, bpchar, name and uuid data types (Matheus Oliveira)

  • Allow cube and seg extensions to perform index-only scans using GiST indexes (Andrey Borodin)

  • Allow retrieval of negative cube coordinates using the ~> operator (Alexander Korotkov)

    This is useful for KNN-GiST searches when looking for coordinates in descending order.

  • Add Vietnamese letter handling to the unaccent extension (Dang Minh Huong, Michael Paquier)

  • Enhance amcheck to check that each heap tuple has an index entry (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Have adminpack use the new default file system access roles (Stephen Frost)

    Previously, only superusers could call adminpack functions; now role permissions are checked.

  • Widen pg_stat_statement's query ID to 64 bits (Robert Haas)

    This greatly reduces the chance of query ID hash collisions. The query ID can now potentially display as a negative value.

  • Remove the contrib/start-scripts/osx scripts since they are no longer recommended (use contrib/start-scripts/macos instead) (Tom Lane)

  • Remove the chkpass extension (Peter Eisentraut)

    This extension is no longer considered to be a usable security tool or example of how to write an extension.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 11.1 released on 2018-11-08 - docs

  • Ensure proper quoting of transition table names when pg_dump emits CREATE TRIGGER ... REFERENCING commands (Tom Lane)

    This oversight could be exploited by an unprivileged user to gain superuser privileges during the next dump/reload or pg_upgrade run. (CVE-2018-16850)

  • Apply the tablespace specified for a partitioned index when creating a child index (Álvaro Herrera)

    Previously, child indexes were always created in the default tablespace.

  • Fix NULL handling in parallel hashed multi-batch left joins (Andrew Gierth, Thomas Munro)

    Outer-relation rows with null values of the hash key were omitted from the join result.

  • Fix incorrect processing of an array-type coercion expression appearing within a CASE clause that has a constant test expression (Tom Lane)

  • Fix incorrect expansion of tuples lacking recently-added columns (Andrew Dunstan, Amit Langote)

    This is known to lead to crashes in triggers on tables with recently-added columns, and could have other symptoms as well.

  • Fix bugs with named or defaulted arguments in CALL argument lists (Tom Lane, Pavel Stehule)

  • Fix strictness check for strict aggregates with ORDER BY columns (Andrew Gierth, Andres Freund)

    The strictness logic incorrectly ignored rows for which the ORDER BY value(s) were null.

  • Disable recheck_on_update optimization (Tom Lane)

    This new-in-v11 feature turns out not to have been ready for prime time. Disable it until something can be done about it.

  • Prevent creation of a partition in a trigger attached to its parent table (Amit Langote)

    Ideally we'd allow that, but for the moment it has to be blocked to avoid crashes.

  • Fix problems with applying ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS to a partitioned temporary table (Amit Langote)

  • Fix pg_verify_checksums's determination of which files to check the checksums of (Michael Paquier)

    In some cases it complained about files that are not expected to have checksums.

  • In contrib/pg_stat_statements, disallow the pg_read_all_stats role from executing pg_stat_statements_reset() (Haribabu Kommi)

    pg_read_all_stats is only meant to grant permission to read statistics, not to change them, so this grant was incorrect.

    To cause this change to take effect, run ALTER EXTENSION pg_stat_statements UPDATE in each database where pg_stat_statements has been installed. (A database freshly created in 11.0 should not need this, but a database upgraded from a previous release probably still contains the old version of pg_stat_statements. The UPDATE command is harmless if the module was already updated.)

  • Rename red-black tree support functions to use rbt prefix not rb prefix (Tom Lane)

    This avoids name collisions with Ruby functions, which broke PL/Ruby. It's hoped that there are no other affected extensions.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 11.2 released on 2019-02-14 - docs

  • Fix handling of unique indexes with INCLUDE columns on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    The uniqueness condition was not checked properly in such cases.

  • Ensure that NOT NULL constraints of a partitioned table are honored within its partitions (Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote)

  • Update catalog state correctly for partition table constraints when detaching their partition (Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera)

    Previously, the pg_constraint.conislocal field for such a constraint might improperly be left as false, rendering it undroppable. A dump/restore or pg_upgrade would cure the problem, but if necessary, the catalog field can be adjusted manually.

  • Create or delete foreign key enforcement triggers correctly when attaching or detaching a partition in a partitioned table that has a foreign-key constraint (Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Avoid useless creation of duplicate foreign key constraints in partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

  • When an index is created on a partitioned table using ONLY, and there are no partitions yet, mark it valid immediately (Álvaro Herrera)

    Otherwise there is no way to make it become valid.

  • Use a safe table lock level when detaching a partition (Álvaro Herrera)

    The previous locking level was too weak and might allow concurrent DDL on the table, with bad results.

  • Fix problems with applying ON COMMIT DROP and ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS to partitioned tables and tables with inheritance children (Michael Paquier)

  • Disallow COPY FREEZE on partitioned tables (David Rowley)

    This should eventually be made to work, but it may require a patch that's too complicated to risk back-patching.

  • Fix possible index corruption when the indexed column has a “fast default” (that is, it was added by ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a constant non-NULL default value specified, after the table already contained some rows) (Andres Freund)

  • Correctly adjust “fast default” values during ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN TYPE (Andrew Dunstan)

  • Avoid deadlock between GIN vacuuming and concurrent index insertions (Alexander Korotkov, Andrey Borodin, Peter Geoghegan)

    This change partially reverts a performance improvement, introduced in version 10.0, that attempted to reduce the number of index pages locked during deletion of a GIN posting tree page. That's now been found to lead to deadlocks, so we've removed it pending closer analysis.

  • Prevent incorrect use of WAL-skipping optimization during COPY to a view or foreign table (Amit Langote, Michael Paquier)

  • Fix crash when zero rows are fed to json[b]_populate_recordset() or json[b]_to_recordset() (Tom Lane)

  • Fix incorrect JIT tuple deforming code for tables with many columns (more than approximately 800) (Andres Freund)

  • Fix performance and memory leakage issues in hash-based grouping (Andres Freund)

  • Fix parsing of collation-sensitive expressions in the arguments of a CALL statement (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Ensure proper cleanup after detecting an error in the argument list of a CALL statement (Tom Lane)

  • Fix incorrect planning of queries involving nested loops both above and below a Gather plan node (Tom Lane)

    If both levels of nestloop needed to pass the same variable into their right-hand sides, an incorrect plan would be generated.

  • Fix planner failure when the first column of a row comparison matches an index column, but later column(s) do not, and the index has included (non-key) columns (Tom Lane)

  • Improve planning speed for large inheritance or partitioning table groups (Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita)

  • Process ALTER TABLE ONLY ADD COLUMN IF NOT EXISTS correctly (Greg Stark)

  • Prevent use of a session's temporary schema within a two-phase transaction (Michael Paquier)

    Accessing a temporary table within such a transaction has been forbidden for a long time, but it was still possible to cause problems with other operations on temporary objects.

  • Ensure relation caches are updated properly after adding or removing foreign key constraints (Álvaro Herrera)

    This oversight could result in existing sessions failing to enforce a newly-created constraint, or continuing to enforce a dropped one.

  • Fix replay of GiST index micro-vacuum operations so that concurrent hot-standby queries do not see inconsistent state (Alexander Korotkov)

  • Fix parsing of space-separated lists of host names in the ldapserver parameter of LDAP authentication entries in pg_hba.conf (Thomas Munro)

  • When making a PAM authentication request, don't set the PAM_RHOST variable if the connection is via a Unix socket (Thomas Munro)

    Previously that variable would be set to [local], which is at best unhelpful, since it's supposed to be a host name.

  • Make pgbench's random number generation fully deterministic and platform-independent when --random-seed=N is specified (Fabien Coelho, Tom Lane)

    On any specific platform, the sequence obtained with a particular value of N will probably be different from what it was before this patch.

  • Fix pg_basebackup and pg_verify_checksums to ignore temporary files appropriately (Michael Banck, Michael Paquier)

  • Make pg_dump include ALTER INDEX SET STATISTICS commands (Michael Paquier)

    When the ability to attach statistics targets to index expressions was added, we forgot to teach pg_dump about it, so that such settings were lost in dump/reload.

  • Fix pg_dump's dumping of tables that have OIDs (Peter Eisentraut)

    The WITH OIDS clause was omitted if it needed to be applied to the first table to be dumped.

  • Prevent false index-corruption reports from contrib/amcheck caused by inline-compressed data (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Properly disregard SIGPIPE errors if COPY FROM PROGRAM stops reading the program's output early (Tom Lane)

    This case isn't actually reachable directly with COPY, but it can happen when using contrib/file_fdw.

  • In configure, look for python3 and then python2 if python isn't found (Peter Eisentraut)

    This allows PL/Python to be configured without explicitly specifying PYTHON on platforms that no longer provide an unversioned python executable.

  • Include JIT-related headers in the installed set of header files (Donald Dong)

  • Relocate call of set_rel_pathlist_hook so that extensions can use it to supply partial paths for parallel queries (KaiGai Kohei)

    This is not expected to affect existing use-cases.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 11.3 released on 2019-05-09 - docs

  • Avoid access to already-freed memory during partition routing error reports (Michael Paquier)

    This mistake could lead to a crash, and in principle it might be possible to use it to disclose server memory contents. (CVE-2019-10129)

  • Avoid catalog corruption when an ALTER TABLE on a partitioned table finds that a partitioned index is reusable (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

    This occurs, for example, when ALTER COLUMN TYPE finds that no physical table rewrite is required.

  • Avoid catalog corruption when a temporary table with ON COMMIT DROP and an identity column is created in a single-statement transaction (Peter Eisentraut)

    This hazard was overlooked because the case is not actually useful, since the temporary table would be dropped immediately after creation.

  • Fix failure in ALTER INDEX ... ATTACH PARTITION if the partitioned table contains more dropped columns than its partition does (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix failure to attach a partition's existing index to a newly-created partitioned index in some cases (Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera)

    This would lead to errors such as “index ... not found in partition” in subsequent DDL that uses the partitioned index.

  • Avoid crash when an EPQ recheck is performed for a partitioned query result relation (Amit Langote)

    This occurs when using READ COMMITTED isolation level and another session has concurrently updated some of the target row(s).

  • Fix tuple routing in multi-level partitioned tables that have dropped attributes (Amit Langote, Michael Paquier)

  • Fix failure when the slow path of foreign key constraint initial validation is applied to partitioned tables (Hadi Moshayedi, Tom Lane, Andres Freund)

    This didn't manifest except in the uncommon cases where the fast path can't be used (such as permissions problems).

  • When accessing a partition directly, and constraint_exclusion is set to on, use the partition's partition constraint as well as any CHECK constraints for exclusion checking (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

    This change restores the behavior to what it was in v10.

  • Avoid server crash when an error occurs while trying to persist a cursor query across a transaction commit (Tom Lane)

    If a procedure attempts to commit while it has an open explicit or implicit cursor (for example, a PL/pgSQL FOR-loop query), the cursor must be executed to completion and its results saved before the transaction commit can be performed. An error occurring during such execution led to a crash.

  • Avoid throwing incorrect errors for updates of temporary tables and unlogged tables when a FOR ALL TABLES publication exists (Peter Eisentraut)

    Such tables should be ignored for publication purposes, but some parts of the code failed to do so.

  • Avoid possible division-by-zero in btree index vacuum logic (Piotr Stefaniak, Alexander Korotkov)

    This could lead to incorrect decisions about whether index cleanup is needed.

  • Avoid counting parallel workers' transactions as separate transactions (Haribabu Kommi)

  • Fix possible crash while executing a SHOW command in a replication connection (Michael Paquier)

  • Avoid server memory leak when fetching rows from a portal one at a time (Tom Lane)

  • Avoid memory leak when a partition's relation cache entry is rebuilt (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

  • Report correct relation name in autovacuum's pg_stat_activity display during BRIN summarize operations (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Avoid crash when trying to plan a partition-wise join when GEQO is active (Tom Lane)

  • Fix misplanning of queries in which a set-returning function is applied to a relation that is provably empty (Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud)

    In v10, this oversight only led to slightly inefficient plans, but in v11 it could cause “set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set” errors.

  • Fix planner's parallel-safety assessment for grouped queries (Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, target-list evaluation work that could have been parallelized might not be.

  • Fix mishandling of “included” index columns in planner's unique-index logic (Tom Lane)

    This could result in failing to recognize that a unique index with included columns proves uniqueness of a query result, leading to a poor plan.

  • Fix incorrect strictness check for array coercion expressions (Tom Lane)

    This might allow, for example, incorrect inlining of a strict SQL function, leading to non-enforcement of the strictness condition.

  • Speed up planning when there are many equality conditions and many potentially-relevant foreign key constraints (David Rowley)

  • Fix corner-case server crashes in dynamic shared memory allocation (Thomas Munro, Robert Haas)

  • Fix possible “could not access status of transaction” failures in txid_status() (Thomas Munro)

  • Fix authentication failure when attempting to use SCRAM authentication with mixed OpenSSL library versions (Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut)

    If libpq is using OpenSSL 1.0.1 or older while the server is using OpenSSL 1.0.2 or newer, the negotiation of which SASL mechanism to use went wrong, leading to a confusing “channel binding not supported by this build” error message.

  • Create the current_logfiles file with the same permissions as other files in the server's data directory (Haribabu Kommi)

    Previously it used the permissions specified by log_file_mode, but that can cause problems for backup utilities.

  • Fix pg_rewind failures due to failure to remove some transient files in the target data directory (Michael Paquier)

  • Make pg_verify_checksums verify that the data directory it's pointed at is of the right PostgreSQL version (Michael Paquier)

  • Avoid crash in contrib/postgres_fdw when a query using remote grouping or aggregation has a SELECT-list item that is an uncorrelated sub-select, outer reference, or parameter symbol (Tom Lane)

  • Change contrib/postgres_fdw to report an error when a remote partition chosen to insert a routed row into is also an UPDATE subplan target that will be updated later in the same command (Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita)

    Previously, such situations led to server crashes or incorrect results of the UPDATE. Allowing such cases to work correctly is a matter for future work.

  • In contrib/pg_prewarm, avoid indefinitely respawning background worker processes if prewarming fails for some reason (Mithun Cy)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 11.4 released on 2019-06-20 - docs

  • Fix buffer-overflow hazards in SCRAM verifier parsing (Jonathan Katz, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier)

    Any authenticated user could cause a stack-based buffer overflow by changing their own password to a purpose-crafted value. In addition to the ability to crash the PostgreSQL server, this could suffice for executing arbitrary code as the PostgreSQL operating system account.

    A similar overflow hazard existed in libpq, which could allow a rogue server to crash a client or perhaps execute arbitrary code as the client's operating system account.

    The PostgreSQL Project thanks Alexander Lakhin for reporting this problem. (CVE-2019-10164)

  • Fix assorted errors in run-time partition pruning logic (Tom Lane, Amit Langote, David Rowley)

    These mistakes could lead to wrong answers in queries on partitioned tables, if the comparison value used for pruning is dynamically determined, or if multiple range-partitioned columns are involved in pruning decisions, or if stable (not immutable) comparison operators are involved.

  • Fix possible crash while trying to copy trigger definitions to a new partition (Tom Lane)

  • Prevent possible memory clobber when there are duplicate columns in a hash aggregate's hash key list (Andrew Gierth)

  • Fix incorrect argument null-ness checking during partial aggregation of aggregates with zero or multiple arguments (David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund)

  • Fix faulty generation of merge-append plans (Tom Lane)

    This mistake could lead to “could not find pathkey item to sort” errors.

  • Fix conversion of JSON string literals to JSON-type output columns in json_to_record() and json_populate_record() (Tom Lane)

    Such cases should produce the literal as a standalone JSON value, but the code misbehaved if the literal contained any characters requiring escaping.

  • Avoid writing an invalid empty btree index page in the unlikely case that a failure occurs while processing INCLUDEd columns during a page split (Peter Geoghegan)

    The invalid page would not affect normal index operations, but it might cause failures in subsequent VACUUMs. If that has happened to one of your indexes, recover by reindexing the index.

  • Fix unsafe coding in walreceiver's signal handler (Tom Lane)

    This avoids rare problems in which the walreceiver process would crash or deadlock when commanded to shut down.

  • Fix ordering of GRANT commands emitted by pg_dump and pg_dumpall for databases and tablespaces (Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier)

    If cascading grants had been issued, restore might fail due to the GRANT commands being given in an order that didn't respect their interdependencies.

  • Make pg_dump recreate table partitions using CREATE TABLE then ATTACH PARTITION, rather than including PARTITION OF in the creation command (Álvaro Herrera, David Rowley)

    This avoids problems with the partition's column order possibly being changed to match the parent's. Also, a partition is now restorable from the dump (as a standalone table) even if its parent table isn't restored; the ATTACH will fail, but that can just be ignored.

  • Fix contrib/auto_explain to not cause problems in parallel queries (Tom Lane)

    Previously, a parallel worker might try to log its query even if the parent query were not being logged by auto_explain. This would work sometimes, but it's confusing, and in some cases it resulted in failures like “could not find key N in shm TOC”.

    Also, fix an off-by-one error that resulted in not necessarily logging every query even when the sampling rate is set to 1.0.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 11.5 released on 2019-08-08 - docs

  • Fix execution of hashed subplans that require cross-type comparison (Tom Lane, Andreas Seltenreich)

    Hashed subplans used the outer query's original comparison operator to compare entries of the hash table. This is the wrong thing if that operator is cross-type, since all the hash table entries will be of the subquery's output type. For the set of hashable cross-type operators in core PostgreSQL, this mistake seems nearly harmless on 64-bit machines, but it can result in crashes or perhaps unauthorized disclosure of server memory on 32-bit machines. Extensions might provide hashable cross-type operators that create larger risks. (CVE-2019-10209)

  • Prevent dropping a partitioned table's trigger if there are pending trigger events in child partitions (Álvaro Herrera)

    This notably applies to foreign key constraints, since those are implemented by triggers.

  • Include user-specified trigger arguments when copying a trigger definition from a partitioned table to one of its partitions (Patrick McHardy)

  • Install dependencies to prevent dropping partition key columns (Tom Lane)

    ALTER TABLE ... DROP COLUMN will refuse to drop a column that is a partition key column. However, indirect drops (such as a cascade from dropping a key column's data type) had no such check, allowing the deletion of a key column. This resulted in a badly broken partitioned table that could neither be accessed nor dropped.

    This fix adds pg_depend entries that enforce that the whole partitioned table, not just the key column, will be dropped if a cascaded drop forces removal of the key column. However, such entries will only be created when a partitioned table is created; so this fix does not remove the risk for pre-existing partitioned tables. The issue can only arise for partition key columns of non-built-in data types, so it seems not to be a hazard for most users.

  • Ensure that column numbers are correctly mapped between a partitioned table and its default partition (Amit Langote)

    Some operations misbehaved if the mapping wasn't exactly one-to-one, for example if there were dropped columns in one table and not the other.

  • Ignore partitions that are foreign tables when creating indexes on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    Previously an error was thrown on encountering a foreign-table partition, but that's unhelpful and doesn't protect against any actual problem.

  • Prune a partitioned table's default partition (that is, avoid uselessly scanning it) in more cases (Yuzuko Hosoya)

  • Fix possible failure to prune partitions when there are multiple partition key columns of boolean type (David Rowley)

  • Don't optimize away GROUP BY columns when the table involved is an inheritance parent (David Rowley)

    Normally, if a table's primary key column(s) are included in GROUP BY, it's safe to drop any other grouping columns, since the primary key columns are enough to make the groups unique. This rule does not work if the query is also reading inheritance child tables, though; the parent's uniqueness does not extend to the children.

  • Avoid incorrect use of parallel hash join for semi-join queries (Thomas Munro)

    This error resulted in duplicate result rows from some EXISTS queries.

  • Fix possible failure of planner's index endpoint probes (Tom Lane)

    When using a recently-created index to determine the minimum or maximum value of a column, the planner could select a recently-dead tuple that does not actually contain the endpoint value. In the worst case the tuple might contain a null, resulting in a visible error “found unexpected null value in index”; more likely we would just end up using the wrong value, degrading the quality of planning estimates.

  • Fix failure to access trigger transition tables during EvalPlanQual rechecks (Alex Aktsipetrov)

    Triggers that rely on transition tables sometimes failed in the presence of concurrent updates.

  • Don't build extended statistics for inheritance trees (Tomas Vondra)

    This avoids a “tuple already updated by self” error during ANALYZE.

  • Avoid spurious deadlock errors when upgrading a tuple lock (Oleksii Kliukin)

    When two or more transactions are waiting for a transaction T1 to release a tuple-level lock, and T1 upgrades its lock to a higher level, a spurious deadlock among the waiting transactions could be reported when T1 finishes.

  • Fix failure to resolve deadlocks involving multiple parallel worker processes (Rui Hai Jiang)

    It is not clear whether this bug is reachable with non-artificial queries, but if it did happen, the queries involved in an otherwise-resolvable deadlock would block until canceled.

  • Fix printing of BTREE_META_CLEANUP WAL records (Michael Paquier)

  • Prevent assertion failures due to mishandling of version-2 btree metapages (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Ensure that a record or row value returned from a PL/pgSQL function is marked with the function's declared composite type (Tom Lane)

    This avoids problems if the result is stored directly into a table.

  • In psql, avoid offering incorrect tab completion options after SET variable = (Tom Lane)

  • Fix a small memory leak in psql's \d command (Tom Lane)

  • Fix possible lockup in pgbench when using -R option (Fabien Coelho)

  • Improve reliability of contrib/amcheck's index verification (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Fix handling of Perl undef values in contrib/jsonb_plperl (Ivan Panchenko)

  • Improve stability of src/test/kerberos and src/test/ldap regression tests (Thomas Munro, Tom Lane)

  • Improve stability of src/test/recovery regression tests (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix pgbench regression tests to work on Windows (Fabien Coelho)

  • Fix TAP tests to work with msys Perl, in cases where the build directory is on a non-root msys mount point (Noah Misch)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 12 released on 2019-10-03 - docs

  • Remove the special behavior of oid columns (Andres Freund, John Naylor)

    Previously, a normally-invisible oid column could be specified during table creation using WITH OIDS; that ability has been removed. Columns can still be explicitly declared as type oid. Operations on tables that have columns created using WITH OIDS will need adjustment.

    The system catalogs that previously had hidden oid columns now have ordinary oid columns. Hence, SELECT * will now output those columns, whereas previously they would be displayed only if selected explicitly.

  • Remove data types abstime, reltime, and tinterval (Andres Freund)

    These are obsoleted by SQL-standard types such as timestamp.

  • Remove the timetravel extension (Andres Freund)

  • Move recovery.conf settings into postgresql.conf (Masao Fujii, Simon Riggs, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Sergei Kornilov)

    recovery.conf is no longer used, and the server will not start if that file exists. recovery.signal and standby.signal files are now used to switch into non-primary mode. The trigger_file setting has been renamed to promote_trigger_file. The standby_mode setting has been removed.

  • Do not allow multiple conflicting recovery_target* specifications (Peter Eisentraut)

    Specifically, only allow one of recovery_target, recovery_target_lsn, recovery_target_name, recovery_target_time, and recovery_target_xid. Previously, multiple different instances of these parameters could be specified, and the last one was honored. Now, only one can be specified, though the same one can be specified multiple times and the last specification is honored.

  • Cause recovery to advance to the latest timeline by default (Peter Eisentraut)

    Specifically, recovery_target_timeline now defaults to latest. Previously, it defaulted to current.

  • Refactor code for geometric functions and operators (Emre Hasegeli)

    This could lead to more accurate, but slightly different, results compared to previous releases. Notably, cases involving NaN, underflow, overflow, and division by zero are handled more consistently than before.

  • Improve performance by using a new algorithm for output of real and double precision values (Andrew Gierth)

    Previously, displayed floating-point values were rounded to 6 (for real) or 15 (for double precision) digits by default, adjusted by the value of extra_float_digits. Now, whenever extra_float_digits is more than zero (as it now is by default), only the minimum number of digits required to preserve the exact binary value are output. The behavior is the same as before when extra_float_digits is set to zero or less.

    Also, formatting of floating-point exponents is now uniform across platforms: two digits are used unless three are necessary. In previous releases, Windows builds always printed three digits.

  • random() and setseed() now behave uniformly across platforms (Tom Lane)

    The sequence of random() values generated following a setseed() call with a particular seed value is likely to be different now than before. However, it will also be repeatable, which was not previously guaranteed because of interference from other uses of random numbers inside the server. The SQL random() function now has its own private per-session state to forestall that.

  • Change SQL-style substring() to have standard-compliant greediness behavior (Tom Lane)

    In cases where the pattern can be matched in more than one way, the initial sub-pattern is now treated as matching the least possible amount of text rather than the greatest; for example, a pattern such as %#"aa*#"% now selects the first group of a's from the input, not the last group.

  • Do not pretty-print the result of xpath() or the XMLTABLE construct (Tom Lane)

    In some cases, these functions would insert extra whitespace (newlines and/or spaces) in nodeset values. This is undesirable since depending on usage, the whitespace might be considered semantically significant.

  • Rename command-line tool pg_verify_checksums to pg_checksums (Michaël Paquier)

  • In pg_restore, require specification of -f - to send the dump contents to standard output (Euler Taveira)

    Previously, this happened by default if no destination was specified, but that was deemed to be unfriendly.

  • Disallow non-unique abbreviations in psql's \pset format command (Daniel Vérité)

    Previously, for example, \pset format a chose aligned; it will now fail since that could equally well mean asciidoc.

  • In new btree indexes, the maximum index entry length is reduced by eight bytes, to improve handling of duplicate entries (Peter Geoghegan)

    This means that a REINDEX operation on an index pg_upgrade'd from a previous release could potentially fail.

  • Cause DROP IF EXISTS FUNCTION/PROCEDURE/AGGREGATE/ROUTINE to generate an error if no argument list is supplied and there are multiple matching objects (David Rowley)

    Also improve the error message in such cases.

  • Split the pg_statistic_ext catalog into two catalogs, and add the pg_stats_ext view of it (Dean Rasheed, Tomas Vondra)

    This change supports hiding potentially-sensitive statistics data from unprivileged users.

  • Remove obsolete pg_constraint.consrc column (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Remove obsolete pg_attrdef.adsrc column (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Mark table columns of type name as having “C” collation by default (Tom Lane, Daniel Vérité)

    The comparison operators for data type name can now use any collation, rather than always using “C” collation. To preserve the previous semantics of queries, columns of type name are now explicitly marked as having “C” collation. A side effect of this is that regular-expression operators on name columns will now use the “C” collation by default, not the database collation, to determine the behavior of locale-dependent regular expression patterns (such as \w). If you want non-C behavior for a regular expression on a name column, attach an explicit COLLATE clause. (For user-defined name columns, another possibility is to specify a different collation at table creation time; but that just moves the non-backwards-compatibility to the comparison operators.)

  • Treat object-name columns in the information_schema views as being of type name, not varchar (Tom Lane)

    Per the SQL standard, object-name columns in the information_schema views are declared as being of domain type sql_identifier. In PostgreSQL, the underlying catalog columns are really of type name. This change makes sql_identifier be a domain over name, rather than varchar as before. This eliminates a semantic mismatch in comparison and sorting behavior, which can greatly improve the performance of queries on information_schema views that restrict an object-name column. Note however that inequality restrictions, for example

    SELECT ... FROM information_schema.tables WHERE table_name < 'foo';
    

    will now use “C”-locale comparison semantics by default, rather than the database's default collation as before. Sorting on these columns will also follow “C” ordering rules. The previous behavior (and inefficiency) can be enforced by adding a COLLATE "default" clause.

  • Remove the ability to disable dynamic shared memory (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    Specifically, dynamic_shared_memory_type can no longer be set to none.

  • Parse libpq integer connection parameters more strictly (Fabien Coelho)

    In previous releases, using an incorrect integer value for connection parameters connect_timeout, keepalives, keepalives_count, keepalives_idle, keepalives_interval and port resulted in libpq either ignoring those values or failing with incorrect error messages.

  • Improve performance of many operations on partitioned tables (Amit Langote, David Rowley, Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera)

    Allow tables with thousands of child partitions to be processed efficiently by operations that only affect a small number of partitions.

  • Allow foreign keys to reference partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Improve speed of COPY into partitioned tables (David Rowley)

  • Allow partition bounds to be any expression (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane, Amit Langote)

    Such expressions are evaluated at partitioned-table creation time. Previously, only simple constants were allowed as partition bounds.

  • Allow CREATE TABLE's tablespace specification for a partitioned table to affect the tablespace of its children (David Rowley, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Avoid sorting when partitions are already being scanned in the necessary order (David Rowley)

  • ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION is now performed with reduced locking requirements (Robert Haas)

  • Add partition introspection functions (Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote)

    The new function pg_partition_root() returns the top-most parent of a partition tree, pg_partition_ancestors() reports all ancestors of a partition, and pg_partition_tree() displays information about partitions.

  • Include partitioned indexes in the system view pg_indexes (Suraj Kharage)

  • Add psql command \dP to list partitioned tables and indexes (Pavel Stehule)

  • Improve psql \d and \z display of partitioned tables (Pavel Stehule, Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix bugs that could cause ALTER TABLE DETACH PARTITION to leave behind incorrect dependency state, allowing subsequent operations to misbehave, for example by not dropping a former partition child index when its table is dropped (Tom Lane)

  • Improve performance and space utilization of btree indexes with many duplicates (Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas)

    Previously, duplicate index entries were stored unordered within their duplicate groups. This caused overhead during index inserts, wasted space due to excessive page splits, and it reduced VACUUM's ability to recycle entire pages. Duplicate index entries are now sorted in heap-storage order.

    Indexes pg_upgrade'd from previous releases will not have these benefits.

  • Allow multi-column btree indexes to be smaller (Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas)

    Internal pages and min/max leaf page indicators now only store index keys until the change key, rather than all indexed keys. This also improves the locality of index access.

    Indexes pg_upgrade'd from previous releases will not have these benefits.

  • Improve speed of btree index insertions by reducing locking overhead (Alexander Korotkov)

  • Support INCLUDE columns in GiST indexes (Andrey Borodin)

  • Add support for nearest-neighbor (KNN) searches of SP-GiST indexes (Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Vlad Sterzhanov)

  • Reduce the WAL write overhead of GiST, GIN, and SP-GiST index creation (Anastasia Lubennikova, Andrey V. Lepikhov)

  • Allow index-only scans to be more efficient on indexes with many columns (Konstantin Knizhnik)

  • Improve the performance of vacuum scans of GiST indexes (Andrey Borodin, Konstantin Kuznetsov, Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Delete empty leaf pages during GiST VACUUM (Andrey Borodin)

  • Reduce locking requirements for index renaming (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow CREATE STATISTICS to create most-common-value statistics for multiple columns (Tomas Vondra)

    This improves optimization for queries that test several columns, requiring an estimate of the combined effect of several WHERE clauses. If the columns are correlated and have non-uniform distributions then multi-column statistics will allow much better estimates.

  • Allow common table expressions (CTEs) to be inlined into the outer query (Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter, Tom Lane)

    Specifically, CTEs are automatically inlined if they have no side-effects, are not recursive, and are referenced only once in the query. Inlining can be prevented by specifying MATERIALIZED, or forced for multiply-referenced CTEs by specifying NOT MATERIALIZED. Previously, CTEs were never inlined and were always evaluated before the rest of the query.

  • Allow control over when generic plans are used for prepared statements (Pavel Stehule)

    This is controlled by the plan_cache_mode server parameter.

  • Improve optimization of partition and UNION ALL queries that have only a single child (David Rowley)

  • Improve processing of domains that have no check constraints (Tom Lane)

    Domains that are being used purely as type aliases no longer cause optimization difficulties.

  • Pre-evaluate calls of LEAST and GREATEST when their arguments are constants (Vik Fearing)

  • Improve optimizer's ability to verify that partial indexes with IS NOT NULL conditions are usable in queries (Tom Lane, James Coleman)

    Usability can now be recognized in more cases where the calling query involves casts or large x IN (array) clauses.

  • Compute ANALYZE statistics using the collation defined for each column (Tom Lane)

    Previously, the database's default collation was used for all statistics. This potentially gives better optimizer behavior for columns with non-default collations.

  • Improve selectivity estimates for inequality comparisons on ctid columns (Edmund Horner)

  • Improve optimization of joins on columns of type tid (Tom Lane)

    These changes primarily improve the efficiency of self-joins on ctid columns.

  • Fix the leakproofness designations of some btree comparison operators and support functions (Tom Lane)

    This allows some optimizations that previously would not have been applied in the presence of security barrier views or row-level security.

  • Enable Just-in-Time (JIT) compilation by default, if the server has been built with support for it (Andres Freund)

    Note that this support is not built by default, but has to be selected explicitly while configuring the build.

  • Speed up keyword lookup (John Naylor, Joerg Sonnenberger, Tom Lane)

  • Improve search performance for multi-byte characters in position() and related functions (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Allow toasted values to be minimally decompressed (Paul Ramsey)

    This is useful for routines that only need to examine the initial portion of a toasted field.

  • Allow ALTER TABLE ... SET NOT NULL to avoid unnecessary table scans (Sergei Kornilov)

    This can be optimized when the table's column constraints can be recognized as disallowing nulls.

  • Allow ALTER TABLE ... SET DATA TYPE changing between timestamp and timestamptz to avoid a table rewrite when the session time zone is UTC (Noah Misch)

    In the UTC time zone, these two data types are binary compatible.

  • Improve speed in converting strings to int2 or int4 integers (Andres Freund)

  • Allow parallelized queries when in SERIALIZABLE isolation mode (Thomas Munro)

    Previously, parallelism was disabled when in this mode.

  • Use pread() and pwrite() for random I/O (Oskari Saarenmaa, Thomas Munro)

    This reduces the number of system calls required for I/O.

  • Improve the speed of setting the process title on FreeBSD (Thomas Munro)

  • Allow logging of statements from only a percentage of transactions (Adrien Nayrat)

    The parameter log_transaction_sample_rate controls this.

  • Add progress reporting to CREATE INDEX and REINDEX operations (Álvaro Herrera, Peter Eisentraut)

    Progress is reported in the pg_stat_progress_create_index system view.

  • Add progress reporting to CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL (Tatsuro Yamada)

    Progress is reported in the pg_stat_progress_cluster system view.

  • Add progress reporting to pg_checksums (Michael Banck, Bernd Helmle)

    This is enabled with the option --progress.

  • Add counter of checksum failures to pg_stat_database (Magnus Hagander)

  • Add tracking of global objects in system view pg_stat_database (Julien Rouhaud)

    Global objects are shown with a pg_stat_database.datid value of zero.

  • Add the ability to list the contents of the archive directory (Christoph Moench-Tegeder)

    The function is pg_ls_archive_statusdir().

  • Add the ability to list the contents of temporary directories (Nathan Bossart)

    The function, pg_ls_tmpdir(), optionally allows specification of a tablespace.

  • Add information about the client certificate to the system view pg_stat_ssl (Peter Eisentraut)

    The new columns are client_serial and issuer_dn. Column clientdn has been renamed to client_dn for clarity.

  • Restrict visibility of rows in pg_stat_ssl for unprivileged users (Peter Eisentraut)

  • At server start, emit a log message including the server version number (Christoph Berg)

  • Prevent logging “incomplete startup packet” if a new connection is immediately closed (Tom Lane)

    This avoids log spam from certain forms of monitoring.

  • Include the application_name, if set, in log_connections log messages (Don Seiler)

  • Make the walreceiver set its application name to the cluster name, if set (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add the timestamp of the last received standby message to pg_stat_replication (Lim Myungkyu)

  • Add a wait event for fsync of WAL segments (Konstantin Knizhnik)

  • Add GSSAPI encryption support (Robbie Harwood, Stephen Frost)

    This feature allows TCP/IP connections to be encrypted when using GSSAPI authentication, without having to set up a separate encryption facility such as SSL. In support of this, add hostgssenc and hostnogssenc record types in pg_hba.conf for selecting connections that do or do not use GSSAPI encryption, corresponding to the existing hostssl and hostnossl record types. There is also a new gssencmode libpq option, and a pg_stat_gssapi system view.

  • Allow the clientcert pg_hba.conf option to check that the database user name matches the client certificate's common name (Julian Markwort, Marius Timmer)

    This new check is enabled with clientcert=verify-full.

  • Allow discovery of an LDAP server using DNS SRV records (Thomas Munro)

    This avoids the requirement of specifying ldapserver. It is only supported if PostgreSQL is compiled with OpenLDAP.

  • Add ability to enable/disable cluster checksums using pg_checksums (Michael Banck, Michaël Paquier)

    The cluster must be shut down for these operations.

  • Reduce the default value of autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay to 2ms (Tom Lane)

    This allows autovacuum operations to proceed faster by default.

  • Allow vacuum_cost_delay to specify sub-millisecond delays, by accepting fractional values (Tom Lane)

  • Allow time-based server parameters to use units of microseconds (us) (Tom Lane)

  • Allow fractional input for integer server parameters (Tom Lane)

    For example, SET work_mem = '30.1GB' is now allowed, even though work_mem is an integer parameter. The value will be rounded to an integer after any required units conversion.

  • Allow units to be defined for floating-point server parameters (Tom Lane)

  • Add wal_recycle and wal_init_zero server parameters to control WAL file recycling (Jerry Jelinek)

    Avoiding file recycling can be beneficial on copy-on-write file systems like ZFS.

  • Add server parameter tcp_user_timeout to control the server's TCP timeout (Ryohei Nagaura)

  • Allow control of the minimum and maximum SSL protocol versions (Peter Eisentraut)

    The server parameters are ssl_min_protocol_version and ssl_max_protocol_version.

  • Add server parameter ssl_library to report the SSL library version used by the server (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add server parameter shared_memory_type to control the type of shared memory to use (Andres Freund)

    This allows selection of System V shared memory, if desired.

  • Allow some recovery parameters to be changed with reload (Peter Eisentraut)

    These parameters are archive_cleanup_command, promote_trigger_file, recovery_end_command, and recovery_min_apply_delay.

  • Allow the streaming replication timeout (wal_sender_timeout) to be set per connection (Takayuki Tsunakawa)

    Previously, this could only be set cluster-wide.

  • Add function pg_promote() to promote standbys to primaries (Laurenz Albe, Michaël Paquier)

    Previously, this operation was only possible by using pg_ctl or creating a trigger file.

  • Allow replication slots to be copied (Masahiko Sawada)

    The functions for this are pg_copy_physical_replication_slot() and pg_copy_logical_replication_slot().

  • Make max_wal_senders not count as part of max_connections (Alexander Kukushkin)

  • Add an explicit value of current for recovery_target_timeline (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Make recovery fail if a two-phase transaction status file is corrupt (Michaël Paquier)

    Previously, a warning was logged and recovery continued, allowing the transaction to be lost.

  • Add REINDEX CONCURRENTLY option to allow reindexing without locking out writes (Michaël Paquier, Andreas Karlsson, Peter Eisentraut)

    This is also controlled by the reindexdb application's --concurrently option.

  • Add support for generated columns (Peter Eisentraut)

    The content of generated columns are computed from expressions (including references to other columns in the same table) rather than being specified by INSERT or UPDATE commands.

  • Add a WHERE clause to COPY FROM to control which rows are accepted (Surafel Temesgen)

    This provides a simple way to filter incoming data.

  • Allow enumerated values to be added more flexibly (Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane, Thomas Munro)

    Previously, ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE could not be called in a transaction block, unless it was part of the same transaction that created the enumerated type. Now it can be called in a later transaction, so long as the new enumerated value is not referenced until after it is committed.

  • Add commands to end a transaction and start a new one (Peter Eisentraut)

    The commands are COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN.

  • Add VACUUM and CREATE TABLE options to prevent VACUUM from truncating trailing empty pages (Takayuki Tsunakawa)

    These options are vacuum_truncate and toast.vacuum_truncate. Use of these options reduces VACUUM's locking requirements, but prevents returning disk space to the operating system.

  • Allow VACUUM to skip index cleanup (Masahiko Sawada)

    This change adds a VACUUM command option INDEX_CLEANUP as well as a table storage option vacuum_index_cleanup. Use of this option reduces the ability to reclaim space and can lead to index bloat, but it is helpful when the main goal is to freeze old tuples.

  • Add the ability to skip VACUUM and ANALYZE operations on tables that cannot be locked immediately (Nathan Bossart)

    This option is called SKIP_LOCKED.

  • Allow VACUUM and ANALYZE to take optional Boolean argument specifications (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Prevent TRUNCATE, VACUUM and ANALYZE from requesting a lock on tables for which the user lacks permission (Michaël Paquier)

    This prevents unauthorized locking, which could interfere with user queries.

  • Add EXPLAIN option SETTINGS to output non-default optimizer settings (Tomas Vondra)

    This output can also be obtained when using auto_explain by setting auto_explain.log_settings.

  • Add OR REPLACE option to CREATE AGGREGATE (Andrew Gierth)

  • Allow modifications of system catalogs' options using ALTER TABLE (Peter Eisentraut)

    Modifications of catalogs' reloptions and autovacuum settings are now supported. (Setting allow_system_table_mods is still required.)

  • Use all key columns' names when selecting default constraint names for foreign keys (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously, only the first column name was included in the constraint name, resulting in ambiguity for multi-column foreign keys.

  • Update assorted knowledge about Unicode to match Unicode 12.1.0 (Peter Eisentraut)

    This fixes, for example, cases where psql would misformat output involving combining characters.

  • Update Snowball stemmer dictionaries with support for new languages (Arthur Zakirov)

    This adds word stemming support for Arabic, Indonesian, Irish, Lithuanian, Nepali, and Tamil to full text search.

  • Allow creation of collations that report string equality for strings that are not bit-wise equal (Peter Eisentraut)

    This feature supports “nondeterministic” collations that can define case- and accent-agnostic equality comparisons. Thus, for example, a case-insensitive uniqueness constraint on a text column can be made more easily than before. This is only supported for ICU collations.

  • Add support for ICU collation attributes on older ICU versions (Peter Eisentraut)

    This allows customization of the collation rules in a consistent way across all ICU versions.

  • Allow data type name to more seamlessly be compared to other text types (Tom Lane)

    Type name now behaves much like a domain over type text that has default collation “C”. This allows cross-type comparisons to be processed more efficiently.

  • Add support for the SQL/JSON path language (Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Alexander Korotkov, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova)

    This allows execution of complex queries on JSON values using an SQL-standard language.

  • Add support for hyperbolic functions (Lætitia Avrot)

    Also add log10() as an alias for log(), for standards compliance.

  • Improve the accuracy of statistical aggregates like variance() by using more precise algorithms (Dean Rasheed)

  • Allow date_trunc() to have an additional argument to control the time zone (Vik Fearing, Tom Lane)

    This is faster and simpler than using the AT TIME ZONE clause.

  • Adjust to_timestamp()/to_date() functions to be more forgiving of template mismatches (Artur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova)

    This new behavior more closely matches the Oracle functions of the same name.

  • Fix assorted bugs in XML functions (Pavel Stehule, Markus Winand, Chapman Flack)

    Specifically, in XMLTABLE, xpath(), and xmlexists(), fix some cases where nothing was output for a node, or an unexpected error was thrown, or necessary escaping of XML special characters was omitted.

  • Allow the BY VALUE clause in XMLEXISTS and XMLTABLE (Chapman Flack)

    This SQL-standard clause has no effect in PostgreSQL's implementation, but it was unnecessarily being rejected.

  • Prevent current_schema() and current_schemas() from being run by parallel workers, as they are not parallel-safe (Michaël Paquier)

  • Allow RECORD and RECORD[] to be used as column types in a query's column definition list for a table function that is declared to return RECORD (Elvis Pranskevichus)

  • Allow SQL commands and variables with the same names as those commands to be used in the same PL/pgSQL function (Tom Lane)

    For example, allow a variable called comment to exist in a function that calls the COMMENT SQL command. Previously this combination caused a parse error.

  • Add new optional warning and error checks to PL/pgSQL (Pavel Stehule)

    The new checks allow for run-time validation of INTO column counts and single-row results.

  • Add connection parameter tcp_user_timeout to control libpq's TCP timeout (Ryohei Nagaura)

  • Allow libpq (and thus psql) to report only the SQLSTATE value in error messages (Didier Gautheron)

  • Add libpq function PQresultMemorySize() to report the memory used by a query result (Lars Kanis, Tom Lane)

  • Remove the no-display/debug flag from libpq's options connection parameter (Peter Eisentraut)

    This allows this parameter to be set by postgres_fdw.

  • Allow ecpg to create variables of data type bytea (Ryo Matsumura)

    This allows ECPG clients to interact with bytea data directly, rather than using an encoded form.

  • Add PREPARE AS support to ECPG (Ryo Matsumura)

  • Allow vacuumdb to select tables for vacuum based on their wraparound horizon (Nathan Bossart)

    The options are --min-xid-age and --min-mxid-age.

  • Allow vacuumdb to disable waiting for locks or skipping all-visible pages (Nathan Bossart)

    The options are --skip-locked and --disable-page-skipping.

  • Add colorization to the output of command-line utilities (Peter Eisentraut)

    This is enabled by setting the environment variable PG_COLOR to always or auto. The specific colors used can be adjusted by setting the environment variable PG_COLORS, using ANSI escape codes for colors. For example, the default behavior is equivalent to PG_COLORS="error=01;31:warning=01;35:locus=01".

  • Add CSV table output mode in psql (Daniel Vérité)

    This is controlled by \pset format csv or the command-line --csv option.

  • Show the manual page URL in psql's \help output for a SQL command (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Display the IP address in psql's \conninfo (Fabien Coelho)

  • Improve tab completion of CREATE TABLE, CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, ANALYZE, EXPLAIN, VACUUM, ALTER TABLE, ALTER INDEX, ALTER DATABASE, and ALTER INDEX ALTER COLUMN (Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Tatsuro Yamada, Michaël Paquier, Tom Lane, Justin Pryzby)

  • Allow values produced by queries to be assigned to pgbench variables (Fabien Coelho, Álvaro Herrera)

    The command for this is \gset.

  • Improve precision of pgbench's --rate option (Tom Lane)

  • Improve pgbench's error reporting with clearer messages and return codes (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow control of log file rotation via pg_ctl (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Kuzmenkov, Alexander Korotkov)

    Previously, this was only possible via an SQL function or a process signal.

  • Properly detach the new server process during pg_ctl start (Paul Guo)

    This prevents the server from being shut down if the shell script that invoked pg_ctl is interrupted later.

  • Allow pg_upgrade to use the file system's cloning feature, if there is one (Peter Eisentraut)

    The --clone option has the advantages of --link, while preventing the old cluster from being changed after the new cluster has started.

  • Allow specification of the socket directory to use in pg_upgrade (Daniel Gustafsson)

    This is controlled by --socketdir; the default is the current directory.

  • Allow pg_checksums to disable fsync operations (Michaël Paquier)

    This is controlled by the --no-sync option.

  • Allow pg_rewind to disable fsync operations (Michaël Paquier)

  • Fix pg_test_fsync to report accurate open_datasync durations on Windows (Laurenz Albe)

  • When pg_dump emits data with INSERT commands rather than COPY, allow more than one data row to be included in each INSERT (Surafel Temesgen, David Rowley)

    The option controlling this is --rows-per-insert.

  • Allow pg_dump to emit INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING (Surafel Temesgen)

    This avoids conflict failures during restore. The option is --on-conflict-do-nothing.

  • Decouple the order of operations in a parallel pg_dump from the order used by a subsequent parallel pg_restore (Tom Lane)

    This allows pg_restore to perform more-fully-parallelized parallel restores, especially in cases where the original dump was not done in parallel. Scheduling of a parallel pg_dump is also somewhat improved.

  • Allow the extra_float_digits setting to be specified for pg_dump and pg_dumpall (Andrew Dunstan)

    This is primarily useful for making dumps that are exactly comparable across different source server versions. It is not recommended for normal use, as it may result in loss of precision when the dump is restored.

  • Add --exclude-database option to pg_dumpall (Andrew Dunstan)

  • Add CREATE ACCESS METHOD command to create new table types (Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Álvaro Herrera, Alexander Korotkov, Dmitry Dolgov)

    This enables the development of new table access methods, which can optimize storage for different use cases. The existing heap access method remains the default.

  • Add planner support function interfaces to improve optimizer estimates, inlining, and indexing for functions (Tom Lane)

    This allows extensions to create planner support functions that can provide function-specific selectivity, cost, and row-count estimates that can depend on the function's arguments. Support functions can also supply simplified representations and index conditions, greatly expanding optimization possibilities.

  • Simplify renumbering manually-assigned OIDs, and establish a new project policy for management of such OIDs (John Naylor, Tom Lane)

    Patches that manually assign OIDs for new built-in objects (such as new functions) should now randomly choose OIDs in the range 8000—9999. At the end of a development cycle, the OIDs used by committed patches will be renumbered down to lower numbers, currently somewhere in the 4xxx range, using the new renumber_oids.pl script. This approach should greatly reduce the odds of OID collisions between different in-process patches.

    While there is no specific policy reserving any OIDs for external use, it is recommended that forks and other projects needing private manually-assigned OIDs use numbers in the high 7xxx range. This will avoid conflicts with recently-merged patches, and it should be a long time before the core project reaches that range.

  • Build Cygwin binaries using dynamic instead of static libraries (Marco Atzeri)

  • Remove configure switch --disable-strong-random (Michaël Paquier)

    A strong random-number source is now required.

  • printf-family functions, as well as strerror and strerror_r, now behave uniformly across platforms within Postgres code (Tom Lane)

    Notably, printf understands %m everywhere; on Windows, strerror copes with Winsock error codes (it used to do so in backend but not frontend code); and strerror_r always follows the GNU return convention.

  • Require a C99-compliant compiler, and MSVC 2013 or later on Windows (Andres Freund)

  • Use pandoc, not lynx, for generating plain-text documentation output files (Peter Eisentraut)

    This affects only the INSTALL file generated during make dist and the seldom-used plain-text postgres.txt output file. Pandoc produces better output than lynx and avoids some locale/encoding issues. Pandoc version 1.13 or later is required.

  • Support use of images in the PostgreSQL documentation (Jürgen Purtz)

  • Allow ORDER BY sorts and LIMIT clauses to be pushed to postgres_fdw foreign servers in more cases (Etsuro Fujita)

  • Improve optimizer cost accounting for postgres_fdw queries (Etsuro Fujita)

  • Properly honor WITH CHECK OPTION on views that reference postgres_fdw tables (Etsuro Fujita)

    While CHECK OPTIONs on postgres_fdw tables are ignored (because the reference is foreign), views on such tables are considered local, so this change enforces CHECK OPTIONs on them. Previously, only INSERTs and UPDATEs with RETURNING clauses that returned CHECK OPTION values were validated.

  • Allow pg_stat_statements_reset() to be more granular (Haribabu Kommi, Amit Kapila)

    The function now allows reset of statistics for specific databases, users, and queries.

  • Allow control of the auto_explain log level (Tom Dunstan, Andrew Dunstan)

    The default is LOG.

  • Update unaccent rules with new punctuation and symbols (Hugh Ranalli, Michaël Paquier)

  • Allow unaccent to handle some accents encoded as combining characters (Hugh Ranalli)

  • Allow unaccent to remove accents from Greek characters (Tasos Maschalidis)

  • Add a parameter to amcheck's bt_index_parent_check() function to check each index tuple from the root of the tree (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Improve oid2name and vacuumlo option handling to match other commands (Tatsuro Yamada)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 12.1 released on 2019-11-14 - docs

  • Fix crash when ALTER TABLE adds a column without a default value along with making other changes that require a table rewrite (Andres Freund)

  • Fix lock handling in REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Michael Paquier)

    REINDEX CONCURRENTLY neglected to take a session-level lock on the new index version, potentially allowing other sessions to manipulate it too soon. Also, a query-cancel or session-termination interrupt arriving at the wrong time could result in failure to release the session-level locks that REINDEX CONCURRENTLY does hold.

  • Avoid crash due to race condition when reporting the progress of a CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY or REINDEX CONCURRENTLY command (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Avoid creating duplicate dependency entries during REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Michael Paquier)

    This bug resulted in bloat in pg_depend, but no worse consequences than that.

  • Fix “wrong type of slot” error when trying to CLUSTER on an expression index (Andres Freund)

  • SET CONSTRAINTS ... DEFERRED failed on partitioned tables, incorrectly complaining about lack of triggers (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix failure when creating indexes for a partition, if the parent partitioned table contains any dropped columns (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix dropping of indexed columns in partitioned tables (Amit Langote, Michael Paquier)

    Previously this might fail with an error message complaining about the dependencies of the indexes. It should automatically drop the indexes, instead.

  • Ensure that a partition index can be dropped after a failure to reindex it concurrently (Michael Paquier)

    The index's pg_class.relispartition flag was left in the wrong state in such a case, causing DROP INDEX to fail.

  • Fix handling of equivalence class members for partition-wise joins (Amit Langote)

    This oversight could lead either to failure to use a feasible partition-wise join plan, or to a “could not find pathkey item to sort” planner failure.

  • Fix crash triggered by an EvalPlanQual recheck on a table with a BEFORE UPDATE trigger (Andres Freund)

  • Fix “unexpected relkind” error when a query tries to access a TOAST table (John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)

    The error should say that permission is denied, but this case got broken during code refactoring.

  • Avoid creating unnecessarily-bulky tuple stores for window functions (Andrew Gierth)

    In some cases the tuple storage would include all columns of the source table(s), not just the ones that are needed by the query.

  • Ignore restore_command, recovery_end_command, and recovery_min_apply_delay settings during crash recovery (Fujii Masao)

    Now that these settings can be specified in postgresql.conf, they could be turned on during crash recovery, but honoring them then is undesirable. Ignore these settings until crash recovery is complete.

  • Fix logical replication failure when publisher and subscriber have different ideas about a table's replica identity columns (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais, Peter Eisentraut)

    Declaring a column as part of the replica identity on the subscriber, when it does not exist at all on the publisher, led to “negative bitmapset member not allowed” errors.

  • Fix timeout handling in logical replication walreceiver processes (Julien Rouhaud)

    Erroneous logic prevented wal_receiver_timeout from working in logical replication deployments.

  • Fix result of text position() function (also known as strpos()) for an empty search string (Tom Lane)

    Historically, and per the SQL standard, the result should be one in such cases, but 12.0 returned zero.

  • Avoid crashes if ispell text search dictionaries contain wrong affix data (Arthur Zakirov)

  • Avoid memory leak while vacuuming a GiST index (Dilip Kumar)

  • Fix libpq to allow trailing whitespace in the string values of integer parameters (Michael Paquier)

    Version 12 tightened libpq's validation of integer parameters, but disallowing trailing whitespace seems undesirable.

  • In libpq, correctly report CONNECTION_BAD connection status after a failure caused by a syntactically invalid connect_timeout parameter value (Lars Kanis)

  • Fix scheduling of parallel restore of a foreign key constraint on a partitioned table (Álvaro Herrera)

    pg_dump failed to emit full dependency information for partitioned tables' foreign keys. This could allow parallel pg_restore to try to recreate a foreign key constraint too soon.

  • In pg_upgrade, reject tables with columns of type sql_identifier, as that has changed representation in version 12 (Tomas Vondra)

  • In pg_rewind with the --dry-run option, avoid updating pg_control (Alexey Kondratov)

    This could lead to failures in subsequent pg_rewind attempts.

  • Put back pqsignal() as an exported libpq symbol (Tom Lane)

    This function was removed on the grounds that no clients should be using it, but that turns out to break usage of current libpq with very old versions of psql, and perhaps other applications.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 12.2 released on 2020-02-13 - docs

  • Add missing permissions checks for ALTER ... DEPENDS ON EXTENSION (Álvaro Herrera)

    Marking an object as dependent on an extension did not have any privilege check whatsoever. This oversight allowed any user to mark routines, triggers, materialized views, or indexes as droppable by anyone able to drop an extension. Require that the calling user own the specified object (and hence have privilege to drop it). (CVE-2020-1720)

  • Fix TRUNCATE ... CASCADE to ensure all relevant partitions are truncated (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais)

    If a partition of a partitioned table is truncated with the CASCADE option, and the partitioned table has a foreign-key reference from another table, that table must also be truncated. The need to check this was missed if the referencing table was itself partitioned, possibly allowing rows to survive that violate the foreign-key constraint.

    Hence, if you have foreign key constraints between partitioned tables, and you have done any partition-level TRUNCATE on the referenced table, you should check to see if any foreign key violations exist. The simplest way is to add a new instance of the foreign key constraint (and, once that succeeds, drop it or the original constraint). That may be prohibitive from a locking standpoint, however, in which case you might prefer to manually query for unmatched rows.

  • Fix failure to attach foreign key constraints to sub-partitions (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais)

    When adding a partition to a level below the first level of a multi-level partitioned table, foreign key constraints referencing the top partitioned table were not cloned to the new partition, leading to possible constraint violations later. Detaching and re-attaching the new partition is the cheapest way to fix this. However, if there are many partitions to be fixed, adding a new instance of the foreign key constraint might be preferable.

  • Fix possible crash during concurrent update on a partitioned table or inheritance tree (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that row triggers on partitioned tables are correctly cloned to sub-partitions when appropriate (Álvaro Herrera)

    User-defined triggers (but not triggers for foreign key or deferred unique constraints) might be missed when creating or attaching a partition.

  • Fix logical replication subscriber code to execute per-column UPDATE triggers when appropriate (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Avoid failure in logical decoding when a large transaction must be spilled into many separate temporary files (Amit Khandekar)

  • Fix possible crash or data corruption when a logical replication subscriber processes a row update (Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra)

    This bug caused visible problems only if the subscriber's table contained columns that were not being copied from the publisher and had pass-by-reference data types.

  • Fix crash in logical replication subscriber after DDL changes on a subscribed relation (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais, Vignesh C)

  • Fix failure in logical replication publisher after a database crash and restart (Vignesh C)

  • Ensure that the effect of pg_replication_slot_advance() on a physical replication slot will persist across restarts (Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier)

  • Improve efficiency of logical replication with REPLICA IDENTITY FULL (Konstantin Knizhnik)

    When searching for an existing tuple during an update or delete operation, return the first matching tuple not the last one.

  • Fix base backup to handle database OIDs larger than INT32_MAX (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Ensure parallel plans are always shut down at the correct time (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    This oversight is known to result in “temporary file leak” warnings from multi-batch parallel hash joins.

  • Prevent premature shutdown of a Gather or GatherMerge plan node that is underneath a Limit node (Amit Kapila)

    This avoids failure if such a plan node needs to be scanned more than once, as for instance if it is on the inside of a nestloop.

  • Improve efficiency of parallel hash join on CPUs with many cores (Gang Deng, Thomas Munro)

  • Avoid crash in parallel CREATE INDEX when there are no free dynamic shared memory slots (Thomas Munro)

    Fall back to a non-parallel index build, instead.

  • Avoid memory leak when there are no free dynamic shared memory slots (Thomas Munro)

  • Ignore the CONCURRENTLY option when performing an index creation, drop, or rebuild on a temporary table (Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund)

    This avoids strange failures if the temporary table has an ON COMMIT action. There is no benefit in using CONCURRENTLY for a temporary table anyway, since other sessions cannot access the table, making the extra processing pointless.

  • Fix possible failure when resetting expression indexes on temporary tables that are marked ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS (Tom Lane)

  • Fix possible crash in BRIN index operations with box, range and inet data types (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Fix crash during recursive page split in GiST index build (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Fix handling of deleted pages in GIN indexes (Alexander Korotkov)

    Avoid possible deadlocks, incorrect updates of a deleted page's state, and failure to traverse through a recently-deleted page.

  • Fix possible crash with a SubPlan (sub-SELECT) within a multi-row VALUES list (Tom Lane)

  • Fix failure in ALTER TABLE when a column referenced in a GENERATED expression has been added or changed in type earlier in the same ALTER command (Tom Lane)

  • Fix failure to insert default values for “missing” attributes during tuple conversion (Vik Fearing, Andrew Gierth)

    This could result in values incorrectly reading as NULL, when they come from columns that had been added by ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a constant default.

  • Fix unlikely panic in the checkpointer process, caused by opening relation segments that might already have been removed (Thomas Munro)

  • Fix crash after FileClose() failure (Noah Misch)

    This issue could only be observed with data_sync_retry enabled, since otherwise FileClose() failure would be reported as a PANIC.

  • Fix handling of multiple AFTER ROW triggers on a foreign table (Etsuro Fujita)

  • Fix unlikely crash with pass-by-reference aggregate transition states (Andres Freund, Teodor Sigaev)

  • Improve error reporting in to_date() and to_timestamp() (Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera)

    Reports about incorrect month or day names in input strings could truncate the input in the middle of a multi-byte character, leading to an improperly encoded error message that could cause follow-on failures. Truncate at the next whitespace instead.

  • Fix off-by-one result for EXTRACT(ISOYEAR FROM timestamp) for BC dates (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that the <> operator for type char reports indeterminate-collation errors as such, rather than as “cache lookup failed for collation 0” (Tom Lane)

  • Avoid treating TID scans as sequential scans (Tatsuhito Kasahara)

    A refactoring oversight caused TID scans (selection by CTID) to be counted as sequential scans in the statistics views, and to take whole-table predicate locks as sequential scans do. The latter behavior could cause unnecessary serialization errors in serializable transaction mode.

  • Avoid stack overflow in information_schema views when a self-referential view exists in the system catalogs (Tom Lane)

    A self-referential view can't work; it will always result in infinite recursion. We handled that situation correctly when trying to execute the view, but not when inquiring whether it is automatically updatable.

  • Ensure that walsender processes always show NULL for transaction start time in pg_stat_activity (Álvaro Herrera)

    Previously, the xact_start column would sometimes show the process start time.

  • Improve performance of hash joins with very large inner relations (Thomas Munro)

  • Reduce spinlock contention when there are many active walsender processes (Pierre Ducroquet)

  • Fix placement of “Subplans Removed” field in EXPLAIN output (Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane)

    In non-text output formats, this field was emitted inside the “Plans” sub-group, resulting in syntactically invalid output. Attach it to the parent Append or MergeAppend plan node as intended. This causes the field to change position in text output format too: if there are any InitPlans attached to the same plan node, “Subplans Removed” will now appear before those.

  • Fix EXPLAIN's SETTINGS option to print as empty in non-text output formats (Tom Lane)

    In the non-text output formats, fields are supposed to appear when requested, even if they have empty or zero values.

  • Allow the planner to apply potentially-leaky tests to child-table statistics, if the user can read the corresponding column of the table that's actually named in the query (Dilip Kumar, Amit Langote)

    This change fixes a performance problem for partitioned tables that was created by the fix for CVE-2017-7484. That security fix disallowed applying leaky operators to statistics for columns that the current user doesn't have permission to read directly. However, it's somewhat common to grant permissions only on the parent partitioned table and not bother to do so on individual partitions. In such cases, the user can read the column via the parent, so there's no point in this security restriction; it only results in poorer planner estimates than necessary.

  • Fix planner errors induced by overly-aggressive collapsing of joins to single-row subqueries (Tom Lane)

    This mistake led to errors such as “failed to construct the join relation”.

  • Fix “no = operator for opfamily NNNN” planner error when trying to match a LIKE or regex pattern-match operator to a binary-compatible index opclass (Tom Lane)

  • Fix edge-case crashes and misestimations in selectivity calculations for the <@ and @> range operators (Michael Paquier, Andrey Borodin, Tom Lane)

  • Fix incorrect estimation for OR clauses when using most-common-value extended statistics (Tomas Vondra)

  • Ignore system columns when applying most-common-value extended statistics (Tomas Vondra)

    This prevents “negative bitmapset member not allowed” planner errors for affected queries.

  • Fix BRIN index logic to support hypothetical BRIN indexes (Julien Rouhaud, Heikki Linnakangas)

    Previously, if an “index adviser” extension tried to get the planner to produce a plan involving a hypothetical BRIN index, that would fail, because the BRIN cost estimation code would always try to physically access the index's metapage. Now it checks to see if the index is only hypothetical, and uses default assumptions about the index parameters if so.

  • Improve error reporting for attempts to use automatic updating of views with conditional INSTEAD rules (Dean Rasheed)

    This has never been supported, but previously the error was thrown only at execution time, so that it could be masked by planner errors.

  • Prevent a composite type from being included in itself indirectly via a range type (Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud)

  • Disallow partition key expressions that return pseudo-types, such as record (Tom Lane)

  • Fix error reporting for index expressions of prohibited types (Amit Langote)

  • Fix dumping of views that contain only a VALUES list to handle cases where a view output column has been renamed (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that data types and collations used in XMLTABLE constructs are accounted for when computing dependencies of a view or rule (Tom Lane)

    Previously it was possible to break a view using XMLTABLE by dropping a type, if the type was not otherwise referenced in the view. This fix does not correct the dependencies already recorded for existing views, only for newly-created ones.

  • Prevent unwanted downcasing and truncation of RADIUS authentication parameters (Marcos David)

    The pg_hba.conf parser mistakenly treated these fields as SQL identifiers, which in general they aren't.

  • Transmit incoming NOTIFY messages to the client before sending ReadyForQuery, rather than after (Tom Lane)

    This change ensures that, with libpq and other client libraries that act similarly to it, any notifications received during a transaction will be available by the time the client thinks the transaction is complete. This probably makes no difference in practical applications (which would need to cope with asynchronous notifications in any case); but it makes it easier to build test cases with reproducible behavior.

  • Fix bugs in handling of non-blocking I/O when using GSSAPI encryption (Tom Lane)

    These errors could result in dropping data (usually leading to subsequent wire-protocol-violation errors) or in a “livelock” situation where a sending process goes to sleep although not all its data has been sent. Moreover, libpq failed to keep separate encryption state for each connection, creating the possibility for failures in applications using multiple encrypted database connections.

  • Allow libpq to parse all GSS-related connection parameters even when the GSSAPI code hasn't been compiled in (Tom Lane)

    This makes the behavior similar to our SSL support, where it was long ago deemed to be a good idea to always accept all the related parameters, even if some are ignored or restricted due to lack of the feature in a particular build.

  • Fix incorrect handling of %b and %B format codes in ecpg's PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc() function (Tomas Vondra)

    Due to an off-by-one error, these codes would print the wrong month name, or possibly crash.

  • Avoid crash after an out-of-memory failure in ecpglib (Tom Lane)

  • Fix parallel pg_dump/pg_restore to more gracefully handle failure to create worker processes (Tom Lane)

  • Prevent possible crash or lockup when attempting to terminate a parallel pg_dump/pg_restore run via a signal (Tom Lane)

  • In pg_upgrade, look inside arrays and ranges while searching for non-upgradable data types in tables (Tom Lane)

  • Apply more thorough syntax checking to createuser's --connection-limit option (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Cope with changes of the specific type referenced by a PL/pgSQL composite-type variable in more cases (Ashutosh Sharma, Tom Lane)

    Dropping and re-creating the composite type referenced by a PL/pgSQL variable could lead to “could not open relation with OID NNNN” errors.

  • Avoid crash in postgres_fdw when trying to send a command like UPDATE remote_tab SET (x,y) = (SELECT ...) to the remote server (Tom Lane)

  • In contrib/dict_int, reject maxlen settings less than one (Tomas Vondra)

    This prevents a possible crash with silly settings for that parameter.

  • Disallow NULL category values in contrib/tablefunc's crosstab() function (Joe Conway)

    This case never worked usefully, and it would crash on some platforms.

  • Fix configure's probe for OpenSSL's SSL_clear_options() function so that it works with OpenSSL versions before 1.1.0 (Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson)

    This problem could lead to failure to set the SSL compression option as desired, when PostgreSQL is built against an old version of OpenSSL.

  • Mark some timeout and statistics-tracking GUC variables as PGDLLIMPORT, to allow extensions to access them on Windows (Pascal Legrand)

    This applies to idle_in_transaction_session_timeout, lock_timeout, statement_timeout, track_activities, track_counts, and track_functions.

  • Avoid memory leak in sanity checks for “slab” memory contexts (Tomas Vondra)

    This isn't an issue for production builds, since they wouldn't ordinarily have memory context checking enabled; but the leak could be quite severe in a debug build.

  • Fix multiple statistics entries reported by the LWLock statistics mechanism (Fujii Masao)

    The LWLock statistics code (which is not built by default; it requires compiling with -DLWLOCK_STATS) could report multiple entries for the same LWLock and backend process, as a result of faulty hashtable key creation.

  • Fix race condition that led to delayed delivery of interprocess signals on Windows (Amit Kapila)

    This caused visible timing oddities in NOTIFY, and perhaps other misbehavior.

  • Fix handling of a corner-case error result from Windows' ReadFile() function (Thomas Munro, Juan José Santamaría Flecha)

    So far as is known, this oversight just resulted in noisy log messages, not any actual query misbehavior.

  • On Windows, retry a few times after an ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED file access failure (Alexander Lakhin, Tom Lane)

    This helps cope with cases where a file open attempt fails because the targeted file is flagged for deletion but not yet actually gone. pg_ctl, for example, frequently failed with such an error when probing to see if the postmaster had shut down yet.

  • On Windows, work around sharing violations for the postmaster's log file when pg_ctl is used to start the postmaster very shortly after it's been stopped, for example by pg_ctl restart (Alexander Lakhin)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 12.3 released on 2020-05-14 - docs

  • Fix possible failure with GENERATED columns (David Rowley)

    If a GENERATED column's value is an exact copy of another column of the table (and it is a pass-by-reference data type), it was possible to crash or insert corrupted data into the table. While it would be rather pointless for a GENERATED expression to just duplicate another column, an expression using a function that sometimes returns its input unchanged could create the situation.

  • Handle inheritance of generated columns better (Peter Eisentraut)

    When a table column is inherited during CREATE TABLE ... INHERITS, disallow changing any generation properties when the parent column is already marked GENERATED; but allow a child column to be marked GENERATED when its parent is not.

  • Fix cross-column references in CREATE TABLE LIKE INCLUDING GENERATED (Peter Eisentraut)

    CREATE TABLE ... LIKE failed when trying to copy a GENERATED expression that references a physically-later column.

  • Propagate ALTER TABLE ... SET STORAGE to indexes (Peter Eisentraut)

    Non-expression index columns have always copied the attstorage property of their table column at creation. Update them when ALTER TABLE ... SET STORAGE is done, to maintain consistency.

  • Preserve the indisclustered setting of indexes rewritten by ALTER TABLE (Amit Langote, Justin Pryzby)

    Previously, ALTER TABLE lost track of which index had been used for CLUSTER.

  • Preserve the replica identity properties of indexes rewritten by ALTER TABLE (Quan Zongliang, Peter Eisentraut)

  • Preserve the indisclustered setting of indexes rebuilt by REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Justin Pryzby)

  • Lock objects sooner during DROP OWNED BY (Álvaro Herrera)

    This avoids failures in race-condition cases where another session is deleting some of the same objects.

  • Fix error-case processing for CREATE ROLE ... IN ROLE (Andrew Gierth)

    Some error cases would be reported as “unexpected node type” or the like, instead of the intended message.

  • Ensure that when a partition is detached, any triggers cloned from its formerly-parent table are removed (Justin Pryzby)

  • Fix crash when COLLATE is applied to a non-collatable type in a partition bound expression (Dmitry Dolgov)

  • Ensure that unique indexes over partitioned tables match the equality semantics of the partitioning key (Guancheng Luo)

    This would only be an issue with index opclasses that have unusual notions of equality, but it's wrong in theory, so check.

  • Ensure that members of the pg_read_all_stats role can read all statistics views, as expected (Magnus Hagander)

    The functions underlying the pg_stat_progress_* views had not gotten this memo.

  • Repair performance regression in information_schema.triggers view (Tom Lane)

    This patch redefines that view so that an outer WHERE clause constraining the table name can be pushed down into the view, allowing its calculations to be done only for triggers belonging to the table of interest rather than all triggers in the database. In a database with many triggers this would make a significant speed difference for queries of that form. Since things worked that way before v11, this is a potential performance regression. Users who find this to be a problem can fix it by replacing the view definition (or, perhaps, just deleting and reinstalling the whole information_schema schema).

  • Repair performance regression in floating point overflow/underflow detection (Emre Hasegeli)

    Previous refactoring had resulted in isinf() being called extra times in some hot code paths.

  • Fix full text search to handle NOT above a phrase search correctly (Tom Lane)

    Queries such as !(foo<->bar) failed to find matching rows when implemented as a GiST or GIN index search.

  • Fix full text search for cases where a phrase search includes an item with both prefix matching and a weight restriction (Tom Lane)

  • Fix ts_headline() to make better headline selections when working with phrase queries (Tom Lane)

  • Fix bugs in gin_fuzzy_search_limit processing (Adé Heyward, Tom Lane)

    A small value of gin_fuzzy_search_limit could result in unexpected slowness due to unintentionally rescanning the same index page many times. Another code path failed to apply the intended filtering at all, possibly returning too many values.

  • Allow input of type circle to accept the format “(x,y),r” as the documentation says it does (David Zhang)

  • Make the get_bit() and set_bit() functions cope with bytea strings longer than 256MB (Movead Li)

    Since the bit number argument is only int4, it's impossible to use these functions to access bits beyond the first 256MB of a long bytea. We'll widen the argument to int8 in v13, but in the meantime, allow these functions to work on the initial substring of a long bytea.

  • Ignore file-not-found errors in pg_ls_waldir() and allied functions (Tom Lane)

    This prevents a race condition failure if a file is removed between when we see its directory entry and when we attempt to stat() it.

  • Avoid possibly leaking an open-file descriptor for a directory in pg_ls_dir(), pg_timezone_names(), pg_tablespace_databases(), and allied functions (Justin Pryzby)

  • Fix polymorphic-function type resolution to correctly infer the actual type of an anyarray output when given only an anyrange input (Tom Lane)

  • Fix server's connection-startup logic for case where a GSSAPI connection is rejected because support is not compiled in, and the client then tries SSL instead (Andrew Gierth)

    This led to a bogus “unsupported frontend protocol” failure.

  • Fix memory leakage during GSSAPI encryption (Tom Lane)

    Both the backend and libpq would leak memory equivalent to the total amount of data sent during the session, if GSSAPI encryption is in use.

  • Fix query-lifespan memory leak for a set-returning function used in a query's FROM clause (Andres Freund)

  • Avoid leakage of a hashed subplan's hash tables across multiple executions (Andreas Karlsson, Tom Lane)

    This mistake could result in severe memory bloat if a query re-executed a hashed subplan enough times.

  • Improve planner's handling of no-op domain coercions (Tom Lane)

    Fix some cases where a domain coercion that does nothing was not completely removed from expressions.

  • Avoid unlikely crash when REINDEX is terminated by a session-shutdown signal (Tom Lane)

  • Prevent printout of possibly-incorrect hash join table statistics in EXPLAIN (Konstantin Knizhnik, Tom Lane, Thomas Munro)

  • Fix reporting of elapsed time for heap truncation steps in VACUUM VERBOSE (Tatsuhito Kasahara)

  • Fix possible undercounting of deleted B-tree index pages in VACUUM VERBOSE output (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Fix wrong bookkeeping for oldest deleted page in a B-tree index (Peter Geoghegan)

    This could cause subtly wrong decisions about when VACUUM can skip an index cleanup scan; although it appears there may be no significant user-visible effects from that.

  • Ensure that TimelineHistoryRead and TimelineHistoryWrite wait states are reported in all code paths that read or write timeline history files (Masahiro Ikeda)

  • Avoid possibly showing “waiting” twice in a process's PS status (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Avoid race condition when ANALYZE replaces the catalog tuple for extended statistics data (Dean Rasheed)

  • Remove ill-considered skip of “redundant” anti-wraparound vacuums (Michael Paquier)

    This avoids a corner case where autovacuum could get into a loop of repeatedly trying and then skipping the same vacuum job.

  • Ensure INCLUDE'd columns are always removed from B-tree pivot tuples (Peter Geoghegan)

    This mistake wasted space in some rare cases, but was otherwise harmless.

  • Cope with invalid TOAST indexes that could be left over after a failed REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Julien Rouhaud)

  • Ensure that valid index dependencies are left behind after a failed REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Michael Paquier)

    Previously the old index could be left with no pg_depend links at all, so that for example it would not get dropped if the parent table is dropped.

  • Avoid failure if autovacuum tries to access a just-dropped temporary schema (Tom Lane)

    This hazard only arises if a superuser manually drops a temporary schema; which isn't normal practice, but should work.

  • Avoid premature recycling of WAL segments during crash recovery (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais)

    WAL segments that become ready to be archived during crash recovery were potentially recycled without being archived.

  • Avoid scanning irrelevant timelines during archive recovery (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    This can eliminate many attempts to fetch non-existent WAL files from archive storage, which is helpful if archive access is slow.

  • Remove bogus “subtransaction logged without previous top-level txn record” error check in logical decoding (Arseny Sher, Amit Kapila)

    This condition is legitimately reachable in various scenarios, so remove the check.

  • Avoid possible failure after a replication slot copy, due to premature removal of WAL data (Masahiko Sawada, Arseny Sher)

  • Ensure that a replication slot's io_in_progress_lock is released in failure code paths (Pavan Deolasee)

    This could result in a walsender later becoming stuck waiting for the lock.

  • Ensure that generated columns are correctly handled during updates issued by logical replication (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Fix race conditions in synchronous standby management (Tom Lane)

    During a change in the synchronous_standby_names setting, there was a window in which wrong decisions could be made about whether it is OK to release transactions that are waiting for synchronous commit. Another hazard for similarly wrong decisions existed if a walsender process exited and was immediately replaced by another.

  • Add missing SQLSTATE values to a few error reports (Sawada Masahiko)

  • Fix PL/pgSQL to reliably refuse to execute an event trigger function as a plain function (Tom Lane)

  • Fix memory leak in libpq when using sslmode=verify-full (Roman Peshkurov)

    Certificate verification during connection startup could leak some memory. This would become an issue if a client process opened many database connections during its lifetime.

  • Fix ecpg to treat an argument of just “-” as meaning “read from stdin” on all platforms (Tom Lane)

  • Fix crash in psql when attempting to re-establish a failed connection (Michael Paquier)

  • Allow tab-completion of the filename argument to psql's \gx command (Vik Fearing)

  • Add pg_dump support for ALTER ... DEPENDS ON EXTENSION (Álvaro Herrera)

    pg_dump previously ignored dependencies added this way, causing them to be forgotten during dump/restore or pg_upgrade.

  • Fix pg_dump to dump comments on RLS policy objects (Tom Lane)

  • In pg_dump, postpone restore of event triggers till the end (Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Hamid Akhtar, Tom Lane)

    This minimizes the risk that an event trigger could interfere with the restoration of other objects.

  • Ensure that pg_basebackup generates valid tar files (Robert Haas)

    In some cases a partial block of zeroes would be added to the end of the file. While this seems to be harmless with common versions of tar, it's not OK per the POSIX file format spec.

  • Make pg_checksums skip tablespace subdirectories that belong to a different PostgreSQL major version (Michael Banck, Bernd Helmle)

    Such subdirectories don't really belong to our database cluster, and so must not be processed.

  • Ignore temporary copies of pg_internal.init in pg_checksums and related programs (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix quoting of --encoding, --lc-ctype and --lc-collate values in createdb utility (Michael Paquier)

  • contrib/lo's lo_manage() function crashed if called directly rather than as a trigger (Tom Lane)

  • In contrib/ltree, protect against overflow of ltree and lquery length fields (Nikita Glukhov)

  • Work around failure in contrib/pageinspect's bt_metap() function when an oldest_xact value exceeds 2^31-1 (Peter Geoghegan)

    Such XIDs will now be reported as negative integers, which isn't great but it beats throwing an error. v13 will widen the output argument to int8 to provide saner reporting.

  • Fix cache reference leak in contrib/sepgsql (Michael Luo)

  • On Windows, avoid premature creation of postmaster's log file during pg_ctl start (Alexander Lakhin)

    The previous coding could allow the file to be created with permissions that wouldn't allow the postmaster to write on it.

  • Avoid failures when dealing with Unix-style locale names on Windows (Juan José Santamaría Flecha)

  • On Windows, set console VT100 compatibility mode in programs that support PG_COLOR colorization (Juan José Santamaría Flecha)

    Without this, the colorization option doesn't actually work.

  • Stop requiring extra parentheses in ereport() calls (Andres Freund, Tom Lane)

  • Use pkg-config, if available, to locate libxml2 during configure (Hugh McMaster, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut)

    If pkg-config is not present or lacks knowledge of libxml2, we still query xml2-config as before.

    This change could break build processes that try to make PostgreSQL use a non-default version of libxml2 by putting that version's xml2-config into the PATH. Instead, set XML2_CONFIG to point to the non-default xml2-config. That method will work with either older or newer PostgreSQL releases.

  • Fix Makefile dependencies for libpq and ecpg (Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker)

  • In MSVC builds, cope with spaces in the path name for Python (Victor Wagner)

  • In MSVC builds, fix detection of Visual Studio version to work with more language settings (Andrew Dunstan)

  • In MSVC builds, use -Wno-deprecated with bison versions newer than 3.0, as non-Windows builds already do (Andrew Dunstan)

  • Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2020a for DST law changes in Morocco and the Canadian Yukon, plus historical corrections for Shanghai.

    The America/Godthab zone has been renamed to America/Nuuk to reflect current English usage; however, the old name remains available as a compatibility link.

    Also, update initdb's list of known Windows time zone names to include recent additions, improving the odds that it will correctly translate the system time zone setting on that platform.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 12.4 released on 2020-08-13 - docs

  • Set a secure search_path in logical replication walsenders and apply workers (Noah Misch)

    A malicious user of either the publisher or subscriber database could potentially cause execution of arbitrary SQL code by the role running replication, which is often a superuser. Some of the risks here are equivalent to those described in CVE-2018-1058, and are mitigated in this patch by ensuring that the replication sender and receiver execute with empty search_path settings. (As with CVE-2018-1058, that change might cause problems for under-qualified names used in replicated tables' DDL.) Other risks are inherent in replicating objects that belong to untrusted roles; the most we can do is document that there is a hazard to consider. (CVE-2020-14349)

  • Make contrib modules' installation scripts more secure (Tom Lane)

    Attacks similar to those described in CVE-2018-1058 could be carried out against an extension installation script, if the attacker can create objects in either the extension's target schema or the schema of some prerequisite extension. Since extensions often require superuser privilege to install, this can open a path to obtaining superuser privilege. To mitigate this risk, be more careful about the search_path used to run an installation script; disable check_function_bodies within the script; and fix catalog-adjustment queries used in some contrib modules to ensure they are secure. Also provide documentation to help third-party extension authors make their installation scripts secure. This is not a complete solution; extensions that depend on other extensions can still be at risk if installed carelessly. (CVE-2020-14350)

  • Fix edge cases in partition pruning (Etsuro Fujita, Dmitry Dolgov)

    When there are multiple partition key columns, generation of pruning tests could misbehave if some columns had no constraining WHERE clauses or multiple constraining clauses. This could lead to server crashes, incorrect query results, or assertion failures.

  • Fix construction of parameterized BitmapAnd and BitmapOr index scans on the inside of partition-wise nestloop joins (Tom Lane)

    A plan in which such a scan needed to use a value from the outside of the join would usually crash at execution.

  • Fix incorrect plan execution when a partitioned table is subject to both static and run-time partition pruning in the same query, and a new partition is added concurrently with the query (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

  • In logical replication walsender, fix failure to send feedback messages after sending a keepalive message (Álvaro Herrera)

    This is a relatively minor problem when using built-in logical replication, because the built-in walreceiver will send a feedback reply (which clears the incorrect state) fairly frequently anyway. But with some other replication systems, such as pglogical, it causes significant performance issues.

  • Fix firing of column-specific UPDATE triggers in logical replication subscribers (Tom Lane)

    The code neglected to account for the possibility of column numbers being different between the publisher and subscriber tables, so that if those were indeed different, wrong decisions might be made about which triggers to fire.

  • Update oldest xmin and LSN values during pg_replication_slot_advance() (Michael Paquier)

    This function previously failed to do that, possibly preventing resource cleanup (such as removal of no-longer-needed WAL segments) after manual advancement of a replication slot.

  • Fix slow execution of ts_headline() (Tom Lane)

    The phrase-search fix added in our previous set of minor releases could cause ts_headline() to take unreasonable amounts of time for long documents; to make matters worse, the query was not cancellable within the troublesome loop.

  • Ensure the repeat() function can be interrupted by query cancel (Joe Conway)

  • Fix pg_current_logfile() to not include a carriage return (\r) in its result on Windows (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that pg_read_file() and related functions read until EOF is reached (Joe Conway)

    Previously, if not given a specific data length to read, these functions would stop at whatever file length was reported by stat(). That's unhelpful for pipes and other sorts of virtual files.

  • Forbid numeric NaN values in jsonpath computations (Alexander Korotkov)

    Neither SQL nor JSON have the concept of NaN (not-a-number), but the jsonpath code attempted to allow such values anyway. This necessarily leads to nonstandard behavior, so it seems better to reject such values at the outset.

  • Handle single Inf or NaN inputs correctly in floating-point aggregates (Tom Lane)

    The affected aggregates are corr(), covar_pop(), regr_intercept(), regr_r2(), regr_slope(), regr_sxx(), regr_sxy(), regr_syy(), stddev_pop(), and var_pop(). The correct answer in such cases is NaN, but an algorithmic change introduced in PostgreSQL v12 had caused these aggregates to produce zero instead.

  • Fix mis-handling of NaN inputs during parallel aggregation on numeric-type columns (Tom Lane)

    If some partial aggregation workers found only NaNs while others found only non-NaNs, the results were combined incorrectly, possibly leading to the wrong overall result (i.e., not NaN when it should be).

  • Reject time-of-day values greater than 24 hours (Tom Lane)

    The intention of the datetime input code is to allow “24:00:00” or equivalently “23:59:60”, but no larger value. However, the range check was miscoded so that it would accept “23:59:60.nnn” with nonzero fractional-second nnn. In timestamp values this would result in wrapping into the first second of the next day. In time and timetz values, the stored value would actually be more than 24 hours, causing dump/reload failures and possibly other misbehavior.

  • Undo double-quoting of index names in EXPLAIN's non-text output formats (Tom Lane, Euler Taveira)

  • Fix EXPLAIN's accounting for resource usage, particularly buffer accesses, in parallel workers in a plan using Gather Merge nodes (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais)

  • Fix timing of constraint revalidation in ALTER TABLE (David Rowley)

    If ALTER TABLE needs to fully rewrite the table's contents (for example, due to change of a column's data type) and also needs to scan the table to re-validate foreign keys or CHECK constraints, it sometimes did things in the wrong order, leading to odd errors such as “could not read block 0 in file "base/nnnnn/nnnnn": read only 0 of 8192 bytes”.

  • Fix REINDEX CONCURRENTLY to preserve the index's replication identity flag (Michael Paquier)

    Previously, reindexing a table's replica identity index caused the setting to be lost, preventing old tuple values from being included in future logical-decoding output.

  • Work around incorrect not-null markings for pg_subscription.subslotname and pg_subscription_rel.srsublsn (Tom Lane)

    The bootstrap catalog data incorrectly marks these two catalog columns as always non-null. There's no easy way to correct that mistake in existing installations (though v13 and later will have the correct markings). The main place that depends on that marking being correct is JIT-enabled tuple deconstruction, so teach it to explicitly ignore the marking for these two columns. Also adjust some C code that accessed srsublsn without checking to see if it's null; a crash from that is improbable but perhaps not impossible.

  • Cope with LATERAL references in restriction clauses attached to an un-flattened sub-SELECT in the FROM clause (Tom Lane)

    This oversight could result in assertion failures or crashes at query execution.

  • Use the query-specified collation for operators invoked during selectivity estimation (Tom Lane)

    Previously, the collation of the underlying database column was used. But using the query's collation is arguably more correct. More importantly, now that we have nondeterministic collations, there are cases where an operator will fail outright if given a nondeterministic collation. We don't want planning to fail in cases where the query itself would work, so this means that we must use the query's collation when invoking operators for estimation purposes.

  • Avoid believing that a never-analyzed foreign table has zero tuples (Tom Lane)

    This primarily affected the planner's estimate of the number of groups that would be obtained by GROUP BY.

  • Remove bogus warning about “leftover placeholder tuple” in BRIN index de-summarization (Álvaro Herrera)

    The case can occur legitimately after a cancelled vacuum, so warning about it is overly noisy.

  • Fix selection of tablespaces for “shared fileset” temporary files (Magnus Hagander, Tom Lane)

    If temp_tablespaces is empty or explicitly names the database's primary tablespace, such files got placed into the pg_default tablespace rather than the database's primary tablespace as expected.

  • Fix corner-case error in masking of SP-GiST index pages during WAL consistency checking (Alexander Korotkov)

    This could cause false failure reports when wal_consistency_checking is enabled.

  • Improve error handling in the server's buffile module (Thomas Munro)

    Fix some cases where I/O errors were indistinguishable from reaching EOF, or were not reported at all. Also add details such as block numbers and byte counts where appropriate.

  • Fix conflict-checking anomalies in SERIALIZABLE isolation mode (Peter Geoghegan)

    If a concurrently-inserted tuple was updated by a different concurrent transaction, and neither tuple version was visible to the current transaction's snapshot, serialization conflict checking could draw the wrong conclusions about whether the tuple was relevant to the results of the current transaction. This could allow a serializable transaction to commit when it should have failed with a serialization error.

  • Avoid repeated marking of dead btree index entries as dead (Masahiko Sawada)

    While functionally harmless, this led to useless WAL traffic when checksums are enabled or wal_log_hints is on.

  • Fix checkpointer process to discard file sync requests when fsync is off (Heikki Linnakangas)

    Such requests are treated as no-ops if fsync is off, but we forgot to remove them from the checkpointer's table of pending actions. This would lead to bloat of that table, as well as possible assertion failures if fsync is later re-enabled.

  • Avoid trouble during cleanup of a non-exclusive backup when JIT compilation has been activated during the backup (Robert Haas)

  • Fix failure of some code paths to acquire the correct lock before modifying pg_control (Nathan Bossart, Fujii Masao)

    This oversight could allow pg_control to be written out with an inconsistent checksum, possibly causing trouble later, including inability to restart the database if it crashed before the next pg_control update.

  • Fix errors in currtid() and currtid2() (Michael Paquier)

    These functions (which are undocumented and used only by ancient versions of the ODBC driver) contained coding errors that could result in crashes, or in confusing error messages such as “could not open file” when applied to a relation having no storage.

  • Avoid calling elog() or palloc() while holding a spinlock (Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)

    Logic associated with replication slots had several violations of this coding rule. While the odds of trouble are quite low, an error in the called function would lead to a stuck spinlock.

  • Fix assertion in logical replication subscriber to allow use of REPLICA IDENTITY FULL (Euler Taveira)

    This was just an incorrect assertion, so it has no impact on standard production builds.

  • Ensure that libpq continues to try to read from the database connection socket after a write failure (Tom Lane)

    This is important not only to ensure that we collect any final error message from a dying server process, but because we do not consider the connection lost until we see a read failure. This oversight allowed libpq to continue trying to send COPY data indefinitely after a mid-transfer loss of connection, rather than reporting failure to the application.

  • Fix bugs in libpq's management of GSS encryption state (Tom Lane)

    A connection using GSS encryption could freeze up when attempting to reset it after a server restart, or when moving on to the next one of a list of candidate servers.

  • Fix ecpg crash with bytea and cursor variables (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais)

  • Report out-of-disk-space errors properly in pg_dump and pg_basebackup (Justin Pryzby, Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera)

    Some code paths could produce silly reports like “could not write file: Success”.

  • Make pg_restore cope with data-offset-less custom-format archive files when it needs to restore data items out of order (David Gilman, Tom Lane)

    pg_dump will produce such files if it cannot seek its output (for example, if the output is piped to something). This fix primarily improves the ability to do a parallel restore from such a file.

  • Fix parallel restore of tables having both table-level privileges and per-column privileges (Tom Lane)

    The table-level privilege grants have to be applied first, but a parallel restore did not reliably order them that way; this could lead to “tuple concurrently updated” errors, or to disappearance of some per-column privilege grants. The fix for this is to include dependency links between such entries in the archive file, meaning that a new dump has to be taken with a corrected pg_dump to ensure that the problem will not recur.

  • Ensure that pg_upgrade runs with vacuum_defer_cleanup_age set to zero in the target cluster (Bruce Momjian)

    If the target cluster's configuration has been modified to set vacuum_defer_cleanup_age to a nonzero value, that prevented freezing of the system catalogs from working properly, which caused the upgrade to fail in confusing ways. Ensure that any such setting is overridden for the duration of the upgrade.

  • Fix pg_recvlogical to drain pending messages before exiting (Noah Misch)

    Without this, the replication sender might detect a send failure and exit without making the expected final update to the replication slot's LSN position. That led to re-transmitting data after the next connection. It was also possible to miss error messages sent after the last data that pg_recvlogical wants to consume.

  • Fix pg_rewind's handling of just-deleted files in the source data directory (Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier)

    When working with an on-line source database, concurrent file deletions are possible, but pg_rewind would get confused if deletion happened between seeing a file's directory entry and examining it with stat().

  • Make pg_test_fsync use binary I/O mode on Windows (Michael Paquier)

    Previously it wrote the test file in text mode, which is not an accurate reflection of PostgreSQL's actual usage.

  • Fix contrib/amcheck to not complain about deleted index pages that are empty (Alexander Korotkov)

    This state of affairs is normal during WAL replay.

  • Fix failure to initialize local state correctly in contrib/dblink (Joe Conway)

    With the right combination of circumstances, this could lead to dblink_close() issuing an unexpected remote COMMIT.

  • Fix contrib/pgcrypto's misuse of deflate() (Tom Lane)

    The pgp_sym_encrypt functions could produce incorrect compressed data due to mishandling of zlib's API requirements. We have no reports of this error manifesting with stock zlib, but it can be seen when using IBM's zlibNX implementation.

  • Fix corner case in decompression logic in contrib/pgcrypto's pgp_sym_decrypt functions (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier)

    A compressed stream can validly end with an empty packet, but the decompressor failed to handle this and would complain about corrupt data.

  • Support building our NLS code with Microsoft Visual Studio 2015 or later (Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Davinder Singh, Amit Kapila)

  • Avoid possible failure of our MSVC install script when there is a file named configure several levels above the source code tree (Arnold Müller)

    This could confuse some logic that looked for configure to identify the top level of the source tree.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 13 released on 2020-09-24 - docs

  • Change SIMILAR TO ... ESCAPE NULL to return NULL (Tom Lane)

    This new behavior matches the SQL specification. Previously a null ESCAPE value was taken to mean using the default escape string (a backslash character). This also applies to substring(text FROM pattern ESCAPE text). The previous behavior has been retained in old views by keeping the original function unchanged.

  • Make json[b]_to_tsvector() fully check the spelling of its string option (Dominik Czarnota)

  • Change the way non-default effective_io_concurrency values affect concurrency (Thomas Munro)

    Previously, this value was adjusted before setting the number of concurrent requests. The value is now used directly. Conversion of old values to new ones can be done using:

    SELECT round(sum(OLDVALUE / n::float)) AS newvalue FROM generate_series(1, OLDVALUE) s(n);
    

  • Prevent display of auxiliary processes in pg_stat_ssl and pg_stat_gssapi system views (Euler Taveira)

    Queries that join these views to pg_stat_activity and wish to see auxiliary processes will need to use left joins.

  • Rename various wait events to improve consistency (Fujii Masao, Tom Lane)

  • Fix ALTER FOREIGN TABLE ... RENAME COLUMN to return a more appropriate command tag (Fujii Masao)

    Previously it returned ALTER TABLE; now it returns ALTER FOREIGN TABLE.

  • Fix ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW ... RENAME COLUMN to return a more appropriate command tag (Fujii Masao)

    Previously it returned ALTER TABLE; now it returns ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW.

  • Rename configuration parameter wal_keep_segments to wal_keep_size (Fujii Masao)

    This determines how much WAL to retain for standby servers. It is specified in megabytes, rather than number of files as with the old parameter. If you previously used wal_keep_segments, the following formula will give you an approximately equivalent setting:

    wal_keep_size = wal_keep_segments * wal_segment_size (typically 16MB)
    

  • Remove support for defining operator classes using pre-PostgreSQL 8.0 syntax (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Remove support for defining foreign key constraints using pre-PostgreSQL 7.3 syntax (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Remove support for "opaque" pseudo-types used by pre-PostgreSQL 7.3 servers (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Remove support for upgrading unpackaged (pre-9.1) extensions (Tom Lane)

    The FROM option of CREATE EXTENSION is no longer supported. Any installations still using unpackaged extensions should upgrade them to a packaged version before updating to PostgreSQL 13.

  • Remove support for posixrules files in the timezone database (Tom Lane)

    IANA's timezone group has deprecated this feature, meaning that it will gradually disappear from systems' timezone databases over the next few years. Rather than have a behavioral change appear unexpectedly with a timezone data update, we have removed PostgreSQL's support for this feature as of version 13. This affects only the behavior of POSIX-style time zone specifications that lack an explicit daylight savings transition rule; formerly the transition rule could be determined by installing a custom posixrules file, but now it is hard-wired. The recommended fix for any affected installations is to start using a geographical time zone name.

  • In ltree, when an lquery pattern contains adjacent asterisks with braces, e.g., *{2}.*{3}, properly interpret that as *{5} (Nikita Glukhov)

  • Fix pageinspect's bt_metap() to return more appropriate data types that are less likely to overflow (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Allow pruning of partitions to happen in more cases (Yuzuko Hosoya, Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Allow partitionwise joins to happen in more cases (Ashutosh Bapat, Etsuro Fujita, Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

    For example, partitionwise joins can now happen between partitioned tables even when their partition bounds do not match exactly.

  • Support row-level BEFORE triggers on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    However, such a trigger is not allowed to change which partition is the destination.

  • Allow partitioned tables to be logically replicated via publications (Amit Langote)

    Previously, partitions had to be replicated individually. Now a partitioned table can be published explicitly, causing all its partitions to be published automatically. Addition/removal of a partition causes it to be likewise added to or removed from the publication. The CREATE PUBLICATION option publish_via_partition_root controls whether changes to partitions are published as their own changes or their parent's.

  • Allow logical replication into partitioned tables on subscribers (Amit Langote)

    Previously, subscribers could only receive rows into non-partitioned tables.

  • Allow whole-row variables (that is, table.*) to be used in partitioning expressions (Amit Langote)

  • More efficiently store duplicates in B-tree indexes (Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan)

    This allows efficient B-tree indexing of low-cardinality columns by storing duplicate keys only once. Users upgrading with pg_upgrade will need to use REINDEX to make an existing index use this feature.

  • Allow GiST and SP-GiST indexes on box columns to support ORDER BY box <-> point queries (Nikita Glukhov)

  • Allow GIN indexes to more efficiently handle ! (NOT) clauses in tsquery searches (Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud)

  • Allow index operator classes to take parameters (Nikita Glukhov)

  • Allow CREATE INDEX to specify the GiST signature length and maximum number of integer ranges (Nikita Glukhov)

    Indexes created on four and eight-byte integer array, tsvector, pg_trgm, ltree, and hstore columns can now control these GiST index parameters, rather than using the defaults.

  • Prevent indexes that use non-default collations from being added as a table's unique or primary key constraint (Tom Lane)

    The index's collation must match that of the underlying column, but ALTER TABLE previously failed to check this.

  • Improve the optimizer's selectivity estimation for containment/match operators (Tom Lane)

  • Allow setting the statistics target for extended statistics (Tomas Vondra)

    This is controlled with the new command option ALTER STATISTICS ... SET STATISTICS. Previously this was computed based on more general statistics target settings.

  • Allow use of multiple extended statistics objects in a single query (Tomas Vondra)

  • Allow use of extended statistics objects for OR clauses and IN/ANY constant lists (Pierre Ducroquet, Tomas Vondra)

  • Allow functions in FROM clauses to be pulled up (inlined) if they evaluate to constants (Alexander Kuzmenkov, Aleksandr Parfenov)

  • Implement incremental sorting (James Coleman, Alexander Korotkov, Tomas Vondra)

    If an intermediate query result is known to be sorted by one or more leading keys of a required sort ordering, the additional sorting can be done considering only the remaining keys, if the rows are sorted in batches that have equal leading keys.

    If necessary, this can be controlled using enable_incremental_sort.

  • Improve the performance of sorting inet values (Brandur Leach)

  • Allow hash aggregation to use disk storage for large aggregation result sets (Jeff Davis)

    Previously, hash aggregation was avoided if it was expected to use more than work_mem memory. Now, a hash aggregation plan can be chosen despite that. The hash table will be spilled to disk if it exceeds work_mem times hash_mem_multiplier.

    This behavior is normally preferable to the old behavior, in which once hash aggregation had been chosen, the hash table would be kept in memory no matter how large it got — which could be very large if the planner had misestimated. If necessary, behavior similar to that can be obtained by increasing hash_mem_multiplier.

  • Allow inserts, not only updates and deletes, to trigger vacuuming activity in autovacuum (Laurenz Albe, Darafei Praliaskouski)

    Previously, insert-only activity would trigger auto-analyze but not auto-vacuum, on the grounds that there could not be any dead tuples to remove. However, a vacuum scan has other useful side-effects such as setting page-all-visible bits, which improves the efficiency of index-only scans. Also, allowing an insert-only table to receive periodic vacuuming helps to spread out the work of “freezing” old tuples, so that there is not suddenly a large amount of freezing work to do when the entire table reaches the anti-wraparound threshold all at once.

    If necessary, this behavior can be adjusted with the new parameters autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold and autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor, or the equivalent table storage options.

  • Add maintenance_io_concurrency parameter to control I/O concurrency for maintenance operations (Thomas Munro)

  • Allow WAL writes to be skipped during a transaction that creates or rewrites a relation, if wal_level is minimal (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    Relations larger than wal_skip_threshold will have their files fsync'ed rather than generating WAL. Previously this was done only for COPY operations, but the implementation had a bug that could cause data loss during crash recovery.

  • Improve performance when replaying DROP DATABASE commands when many tablespaces are in use (Fujii Masao)

  • Improve performance for truncation of very large relations (Kirk Jamison)

  • Improve retrieval of the leading bytes of TOAST'ed values (Binguo Bao, Andrey Borodin)

    Previously, compressed out-of-line TOAST values were fully fetched even when it's known that only some leading bytes are needed. Now, only enough data to produce the result is fetched.

  • Improve performance of LISTEN/NOTIFY (Martijn van Oosterhout, Tom Lane)

  • Speed up conversions of integers to text (David Fetter)

  • Reduce memory usage for query strings and extension scripts that contain many SQL statements (Amit Langote)

  • Allow EXPLAIN, auto_explain, autovacuum, and pg_stat_statements to track WAL usage statistics (Kirill Bychik, Julien Rouhaud)

  • Allow a sample of SQL statements, rather than all statements, to be logged (Adrien Nayrat)

    A log_statement_sample_rate fraction of those statements taking more than log_min_duration_sample duration will be logged.

  • Add the backend type to csvlog and optionally log_line_prefix log output (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Improve control of prepared statement parameter logging (Alexey Bashtanov, Álvaro Herrera)

    The GUC setting log_parameter_max_length controls the maximum length of parameter values output during logging of non-error statements, while log_parameter_max_length_on_error does the same for logging of statements with errors. Previously, prepared statement parameters were never logged during errors.

  • Allow function call backtraces to be logged after errors (Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera)

    The new parameter backtrace_functions specifies which C functions should generate backtraces on error.

  • Make vacuum buffer counters 64-bits wide to avoid overflow (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Add leader_pid to pg_stat_activity to report a parallel worker's leader process (Julien Rouhaud)

  • Add system view pg_stat_progress_basebackup to report the progress of streaming base backups (Fujii Masao)

  • Add system view pg_stat_progress_analyze to report ANALYZE progress (Álvaro Herrera, Tatsuro Yamada, Vinayak Pokale)

  • Add system view pg_shmem_allocations to display shared memory usage (Andres Freund, Robert Haas)

  • Add system view pg_stat_slru to monitor internal SLRU caches (Tomas Vondra)

  • Allow track_activity_query_size to be set as high as 1MB (Vyacheslav Makarov)

    The previous maximum was 100kB.

  • Report a wait event while creating a DSM segment with posix_fallocate() (Thomas Munro)

  • Add wait event VacuumDelay to report on cost-based vacuum delay (Justin Pryzby)

  • Add wait events for WAL archive and recovery pause (Fujii Masao)

    The new events are BackupWaitWalArchive and RecoveryPause.

  • Add wait events RecoveryConflictSnapshot and RecoveryConflictTablespace to monitor recovery conflicts (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Improve performance of wait events on BSD-based systems (Thomas Munro)

  • Allow only superusers to view the ssl_passphrase_command setting (Insung Moon)

    This was changed as a security precaution.

  • Change the server's default minimum TLS version for encrypted connections from 1.0 to 1.2 (Peter Eisentraut)

    This choice can be controlled by ssl_min_protocol_version.

  • Tighten rules on which utility commands are allowed in read-only transaction mode (Robert Haas)

    This change also increases the number of utility commands that can run in parallel queries.

  • Allow allow_system_table_mods to be changed after server start (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Disallow non-superusers from modifying system tables when allow_system_table_mods is set (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously, if allow_system_table_mods was set at server start, non-superusers could issue INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE commands on system tables.

  • Enable support for Unix-domain sockets on Windows (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow streaming replication configuration settings to be changed by reload (Sergei Kornilov)

    Previously, a server restart was required to change primary_conninfo and primary_slot_name.

  • Allow WAL receivers to use a temporary replication slot when a permanent one is not specified (Peter Eisentraut, Sergei Kornilov)

    This behavior can be enabled using wal_receiver_create_temp_slot.

  • Allow WAL storage for replication slots to be limited by max_slot_wal_keep_size (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    Replication slots that would require exceeding this value are marked invalid.

  • Allow standby promotion to cancel any requested pause (Fujii Masao)

    Previously, promotion could not happen while the standby was in paused state.

  • Generate an error if recovery does not reach the specified recovery target (Leif Gunnar Erlandsen, Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously, a standby would promote itself upon reaching the end of WAL, even if the target was not reached.

  • Allow control over how much memory is used by logical decoding before it is spilled to disk (Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila)

    This is controlled by logical_decoding_work_mem.

  • Allow recovery to continue even if invalid pages are referenced by WAL (Fujii Masao)

    This is enabled using ignore_invalid_pages.

  • Allow VACUUM to process a table's indexes in parallel (Masahiko Sawada, Amit Kapila)

    The new PARALLEL option controls this.

  • Allow FETCH FIRST to use WITH TIES to return any additional rows that match the last result row (Surafel Temesgen)

  • Report planning-time buffer usage in EXPLAIN's BUFFER output (Julien Rouhaud)

  • Make CREATE TABLE LIKE propagate a CHECK constraint's NO INHERIT property to the created table (Ildar Musin, Chris Travers)

  • When using LOCK TABLE on a partitioned table, do not check permissions on the child tables (Amit Langote)

  • Allow OVERRIDING USER VALUE on inserts into identity columns (Dean Rasheed)

  • Add ALTER TABLE ... DROP EXPRESSION to allow removing the GENERATED property from a column (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Fix bugs in multi-step ALTER TABLE commands (Tom Lane)

    IF NOT EXISTS clauses now work as expected, in that derived actions (such as index creation) do not execute if the column already exists. Also, certain cases of combining related actions into one ALTER TABLE now work when they did not before.

  • Add ALTER VIEW syntax to rename view columns (Fujii Masao)

    Renaming view columns was already possible, but one had to write ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN, which is confusing.

  • Add ALTER TYPE options to modify a base type's TOAST properties and support functions (Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane)

  • Add CREATE DATABASE LOCALE option (Peter Eisentraut)

    This combines the existing options LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE into a single option.

  • Allow DROP DATABASE to disconnect sessions using the target database, allowing the drop to succeed (Pavel Stehule, Amit Kapila)

    This is enabled by the FORCE option.

  • Add structure member tg_updatedcols to allow C-language update triggers to know which column(s) were updated (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add polymorphic data types for use by functions requiring compatible arguments (Pavel Stehule)

    The new data types are anycompatible, anycompatiblearray, anycompatiblenonarray, and anycompatiblerange.

  • Add SQL data type xid8 to expose FullTransactionId (Thomas Munro)

    The existing xid data type is only four bytes so it does not provide the transaction epoch.

  • Add data type regcollation and associated functions, to represent OIDs of collation objects (Julien Rouhaud)

  • Use the glibc version in some cases as a collation version identifier (Thomas Munro)

    If the glibc version changes, a warning will be issued about possible corruption of collation-dependent indexes.

  • Add support for collation versions on Windows (Thomas Munro)

  • Allow ROW expressions to have their members extracted with suffix notation (Tom Lane)

    For example, (ROW(4, 5.0)).f1 now returns 4.

  • Add alternate version of jsonb_set() with improved NULL handling (Andrew Dunstan)

    The new function, jsonb_set_lax(), handles a NULL new value by either setting the specified key to a JSON null, deleting the key, raising an exception, or returning the jsonb value unmodified, as requested.

  • Add jsonpath .datetime() method (Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov)

    This function allows JSON values to be converted to timestamps, which can then be processed in jsonpath expressions. This change also adds jsonpath functions that support time-zone-aware output.

  • Add SQL functions NORMALIZE() to normalize Unicode strings, and IS NORMALIZED to check for normalization (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add min() and max() aggregates for pg_lsn (Fabrízio de Royes Mello)

    These are particularly useful in monitoring queries.

  • Allow Unicode escapes, e.g., E'\unnnn' or U&'\nnnn', to specify any character available in the database encoding, even when the database encoding is not UTF-8 (Tom Lane)

  • Allow to_date() and to_timestamp() to recognize non-English month/day names (Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Tom Lane)

    The names recognized are the same as those output by to_char() with the same format patterns.

  • Add datetime format patterns FF1 – FF6 to specify input or output of 1 to 6 fractional-second digits (Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov)

    These patterns can be used by to_char(), to_timestamp(), and jsonpath's .datetime().

  • Add SSSSS datetime format pattern as an SQL-standard alias for SSSS (Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov)

  • Add function gen_random_uuid() to generate version-4 UUIDs (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously UUID generation functions were only available in the external modules uuid-ossp and pgcrypto.

  • Add greatest-common-denominator (gcd) and least-common-multiple (lcm) functions (Vik Fearing)

  • Improve the performance and accuracy of the numeric type's square root (sqrt) and natural log (ln) functions (Dean Rasheed)

  • Add function min_scale() that returns the number of digits to the right of the decimal point that are required to represent a numeric value with full accuracy (Pavel Stehule)

  • Add function trim_scale() to reduce the scale of a numeric value by removing trailing zeros (Pavel Stehule)

  • Add commutators of distance operators (Nikita Glukhov)

    For example, previously only point <-> line was supported, now line <-> point works too.

  • Create xid8 versions of all transaction ID functions (Thomas Munro)

    The old xid-based functions still exist, for backward compatibility.

  • Allow get_bit() and set_bit() to set bits beyond the first 256MB of a bytea value (Movead Li)

  • Allow advisory-lock functions to be used in some parallel operations (Tom Lane)

  • Add the ability to remove an object's dependency on an extension (Álvaro Herrera)

    The object can be a function, materialized view, index, or trigger. The syntax is ALTER .. NO DEPENDS ON.

  • Improve performance of simple PL/pgSQL expressions (Tom Lane, Amit Langote)

  • Improve performance of PL/pgSQL functions that use immutable expressions (Konstantin Knizhnik)

  • Allow libpq clients to require channel binding for encrypted connections (Jeff Davis)

    Using the libpq connection parameter channel_binding forces the other end of the TLS connection to prove it knows the user's password. This prevents man-in-the-middle attacks.

  • Add libpq connection parameters to control the minimum and maximum TLS version allowed for an encrypted connection (Daniel Gustafsson)

    The settings are ssl_min_protocol_version and ssl_max_protocol_version. By default, the minimum TLS version is 1.2 (this represents a behavioral change from previous releases).

  • Allow use of passwords to unlock client certificates (Craig Ringer, Andrew Dunstan)

    This is enabled by libpq's sslpassword connection parameter.

  • Allow libpq to use DER-encoded client certificates (Craig Ringer, Andrew Dunstan)

  • Fix ecpg's EXEC SQL elif directive to work correctly (Tom Lane)

    Previously it behaved the same as endif followed by ifdef, so that a successful previous branch of the same if construct did not prevent expansion of the elif branch or following branches.

  • Add transaction status (%x) to psql's default prompts (Vik Fearing)

  • Allow the secondary psql prompt to be blank but the same width as the primary prompt (Thomas Munro)

    This is accomplished by setting PROMPT2 to %w.

  • Allow psql's \g and \gx commands to change \pset output options for the duration of that single command (Tom Lane)

    This feature allows syntax like \g (expand=on), which is equivalent to \gx.

  • Add psql commands to display operator classes and operator families (Sergey Cherkashin, Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov)

    The new commands are \dAc, \dAf, \dAo, and \dAp.

  • Show table persistence in psql's \dt+ and related commands (David Fetter)

    In verbose mode, the table/index/view shows if the object is permanent, temporary, or unlogged.

  • Improve output of psql's \d for TOAST tables (Justin Pryzby)

  • Fix redisplay after psql's \e command (Tom Lane)

    When exiting the editor, if the query doesn't end with a semicolon or \g, the query buffer contents will now be displayed.

  • Add \warn command to psql (David Fetter)

    This is like \echo except that the text is sent to stderr instead of stdout.

  • Add the PostgreSQL home page to command-line --help output (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow pgbench to partition its “accounts” table (Fabien Coelho)

    This allows performance testing of partitioning.

  • Add pgbench command \aset, which behaves like \gset, but for multiple queries (Fabien Coelho)

  • Allow pgbench to generate its initial data server-side, rather than client-side (Fabien Coelho)

  • Allow pgbench to show script contents using option --show-script (Fabien Coelho)

  • Generate backup manifests for base backups, and verify them (Robert Haas)

    A new tool pg_verifybackup can verify backups.

  • Have pg_basebackup estimate the total backup size by default (Fujii Masao)

    This computation allows pg_stat_progress_basebackup to show progress. If that is not needed, it can be disabled by using the --no-estimate-size option. Previously, this computation happened only if the --progress option was used.

  • Add an option to pg_rewind to configure standbys (Paul Guo, Jimmy Yih, Ashwin Agrawal)

    This matches pg_basebackup's --write-recovery-conf option.

  • Allow pg_rewind to use the target cluster's restore_command to retrieve needed WAL (Alexey Kondratov)

    This is enabled using the -c/--restore-target-wal option.

  • Have pg_rewind automatically run crash recovery before rewinding (Paul Guo, Jimmy Yih, Ashwin Agrawal)

    This can be disabled by using --no-ensure-shutdown.

  • Increase the PREPARE TRANSACTION-related information reported by pg_waldump (Fujii Masao)

  • Add pg_waldump option --quiet to suppress non-error output (Andres Freund, Robert Haas)

  • Add pg_dump option --include-foreign-data to dump data from foreign servers (Luis Carril)

  • Allow vacuum commands run by vacuumdb to operate in parallel mode (Masahiko Sawada)

    This is enabled with the new --parallel option.

  • Allow reindexdb to operate in parallel (Julien Rouhaud)

    Parallel mode is enabled with the new --jobs option.

  • Allow dropdb to disconnect sessions using the target database, allowing the drop to succeed (Pavel Stehule)

    This is enabled with the -f option.

  • Remove --adduser and --no-adduser from createuser (Alexander Lakhin)

    The long-supported preferred options for this are called --superuser and --no-superuser.

  • Use the directory of the pg_upgrade program as the default --new-bindir setting when running pg_upgrade (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Add a glossary to the documentation (Corey Huinker, Jürgen Purtz, Roger Harkavy, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Reformat tables containing function and operator information for better clarity (Tom Lane)

  • Upgrade to use DocBook 4.5 (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add support for building on Visual Studio 2019 (Haribabu Kommi)

  • Add build support for MSYS2 (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add compare_exchange and fetch_add assembly language code for Power PC compilers (Noah Misch)

  • Update Snowball stemmer dictionaries used by full text search (Panagiotis Mavrogiorgos)

    This adds Greek stemming and improves Danish and French stemming.

  • Remove support for Windows 2000 (Michael Paquier)

  • Remove support for non-ELF BSD systems (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Remove support for Python versions 2.5.X and earlier (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Remove support for OpenSSL 0.9.8 and 1.0.0 (Michael Paquier)

  • Remove configure options --disable-float8-byval and --disable-float4-byval (Peter Eisentraut)

    These were needed for compatibility with some version-zero C functions, but those are no longer supported.

  • Pass the query string to planner hook functions (Pascal Legrand, Julien Rouhaud)

  • Add TRUNCATE command hook (Yuli Khodorkovskiy)

  • Add TLS init hook (Andrew Dunstan)

  • Allow building with no predefined Unix-domain socket directory (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Reduce the probability of SysV resource key collision on Unix platforms (Tom Lane)

  • Use operating system functions to reliably erase memory that contains sensitive information (Peter Eisentraut)

    For example, this is used for clearing passwords stored in memory.

  • Add headerscheck script to test C header-file compatibility (Tom Lane)

  • Implement internal lists as arrays, rather than a chain of cells (Tom Lane)

    This improves performance for queries that access many objects.

  • Change the API for TS_execute() (Tom Lane, Pavel Borisov)

    TS_execute callbacks must now provide ternary (yes/no/maybe) logic. Calculating NOT queries accurately is now the default.

  • Allow extensions to be specified as trusted (Tom Lane)

    Such extensions can be installed in a database by users with database-level CREATE privileges, even if they are not superusers. This change also removes the pg_pltemplate system catalog.

  • Allow non-superusers to connect to postgres_fdw foreign servers without using a password (Craig Ringer)

    Specifically, allow a superuser to set password_required to false for a user mapping. Care must still be taken to prevent non-superusers from using superuser credentials to connect to the foreign server.

  • Allow postgres_fdw to use certificate authentication (Craig Ringer)

    Different users can use different certificates.

  • Allow sepgsql to control access to the TRUNCATE command (Yuli Khodorkovskiy)

  • Add extension bool_plperl which transforms SQL booleans to/from PL/Perl booleans (Ivan Panchenko)

  • Have pg_stat_statements treat SELECT ... FOR UPDATE commands as distinct from those without FOR UPDATE (Andrew Gierth, Vik Fearing)

  • Allow pg_stat_statements to optionally track the planning time of statements (Julien Rouhaud, Pascal Legrand, Thomas Munro, Fujii Masao)

    Previously only execution time was tracked.

  • Overhaul ltree's lquery syntax to treat NOT (!) more logically (Filip Rembialkowski, Tom Lane, Nikita Glukhov)

    Also allow non-* queries to use a numeric range ({}) of matches.

  • Add support for binary I/O of ltree, lquery, and ltxtquery types (Nino Floris)

  • Add an option to dict_int to ignore the sign of integers (Jeff Janes)

  • Add adminpack function pg_file_sync() to allow fsync'ing a file (Fujii Masao)

  • Add pageinspect functions to output t_infomask/t_infomask2 values in human-readable format (Craig Ringer, Sawada Masahiko, Michael Paquier)

  • Add B-tree index de-duplication processing columns to pageinspect output (Peter Geoghegan)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 13.1 released on 2020-11-12 - docs

  • Block DECLARE CURSOR ... WITH HOLD and firing of deferred triggers within index expressions and materialized view queries (Noah Misch)

    This is essentially a leak in the “security restricted operation” sandbox mechanism. An attacker having permission to create non-temporary SQL objects could parlay this leak to execute arbitrary SQL code as a superuser.

    The PostgreSQL Project thanks Etienne Stalmans for reporting this problem. (CVE-2020-25695)

  • Fix usage of complex connection-string parameters in pg_dump, pg_restore, clusterdb, reindexdb, and vacuumdb (Tom Lane)

    The -d parameter of pg_dump and pg_restore, or the --maintenance-db parameter of the other programs mentioned, can be a “connection string” containing multiple connection parameters rather than just a database name. In cases where these programs need to initiate additional connections, such as parallel processing or processing of multiple databases, the connection string was forgotten and just the basic connection parameters (database name, host, port, and username) were used for the additional connections. This could lead to connection failures if the connection string included any other essential information, such as non-default SSL or GSS parameters. Worse, the connection might succeed but not be encrypted as intended, or be vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks that the intended connection parameters would have prevented. (CVE-2020-25694)

  • When psql's \connect command re-uses connection parameters, ensure that all non-overridden parameters from a previous connection string are re-used (Tom Lane)

    This avoids cases where reconnection might fail due to omission of relevant parameters, such as non-default SSL or GSS options. Worse, the reconnection might succeed but not be encrypted as intended, or be vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks that the intended connection parameters would have prevented. This is largely the same problem as just cited for pg_dump et al, although psql's behavior is more complex since the user may intentionally override some connection parameters. (CVE-2020-25694)

  • Prevent psql's \gset command from modifying specially-treated variables (Noah Misch)

    \gset without a prefix would overwrite whatever variables the server told it to. Thus, a compromised server could set specially-treated variables such as PROMPT1, giving the ability to execute arbitrary shell code in the user's session.

    The PostgreSQL Project thanks Nick Cleaton for reporting this problem. (CVE-2020-25696)

  • Fix unintended breakage of the replication protocol (Álvaro Herrera)

    A walsender reports two command-completion events for START_REPLICATION. This was undocumented and apparently unintentional; so we failed to notice that a late 13.0 change removed the duplicate event. However it turns out that walreceivers require the extra event in some code paths. The most practical fix is to decree that the extra event is part of the protocol and resume generating it.

  • Ensure that SLRU directories are properly fsync'd during checkpoints (Thomas Munro)

    This prevents possible data loss in a subsequent operating system crash.

  • Fix ALTER ROLE for users with the BYPASSRLS attribute (Tom Lane, Stephen Frost)

    The BYPASSRLS attribute is only allowed to be changed by superusers, but other ALTER ROLE operations, such as password changes, should be allowed with only ordinary permission checks. The previous coding erroneously restricted all changes on such a role to superusers.

  • Disallow ALTER TABLE ONLY ... DROP EXPRESSION when there are child tables (Peter Eisentraut)

    The current implementation cannot handle this case correctly, so just forbid it for now.

  • Ensure that ALTER TABLE ONLY ... ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER does not recurse to child tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    Previously the ONLY flag was ignored.

  • Allow LOCK TABLE to succeed on a self-referential view (Tom Lane)

    It previously threw an error complaining about infinite recursion, but there seems no need to disallow the case.

  • Retain statistics about an index across REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Michael Paquier, Fabrízio de Royes Mello)

    Non-concurrent reindexing has always preserved such statistics.

  • Fix incorrect progress reporting from REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (Matthias van de Meent, Michael Paquier)

  • Ensure that GENERATED columns are updated when the column(s) they depend on are updated via a rule or an updatable view (Tom Lane)

    This fix also takes care of possible failure to fire a column-specific trigger in such cases.

  • Fix failures with collation-dependent partition bound expressions (Tom Lane)

  • Support hashing of text arrays (Peter Eisentraut)

    Array hashing failed if the array element type is collatable. Notably, this prevented using hash partitioning with a text array column as partition key.

  • Prevent internal overflows in cross-type datetime comparisons (Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane)

    Previously, comparing a date to a timestamp would fail if the date is past the valid range for timestamps. There were also corner cases involving overflow of close-to-the-limit timestamp values during timezone rotation.

  • Fix off-by-one conversion of negative years to BC dates in to_date() and to_timestamp() (Dar Alathar-Yemen, Tom Lane)

    Also, arrange for the combination of a negative year and an explicit “BC” marker to cancel out and produce AD.

  • Allow the jsonpath .datetime() method to accept ISO 8601-format timestamps (Nikita Glukhov)

    This is not required by SQL, but it seems appropriate since our to_json() functions generate that timestamp format for Javascript compatibility.

  • Ensure that standby servers will archive WAL timeline history files when archive_mode is set to always (Grigory Smolkin, Fujii Masao)

    This oversight could lead to failure of subsequent PITR recovery attempts.

  • Fix edge cases in detecting premature death of the postmaster on platforms that use kqueue() (Thomas Munro)

  • Avoid generating an incorrect incremental-sort plan when the sort key is a volatile expression (James Coleman)

  • Fix possible crash when considering partition-wise joins during GEQO planning (Tom Lane)

  • Fix possible infinite loop or corrupted output data in TOAST decompression (Tom Lane)

  • Fix counting of the number of entries in B-tree indexes during cleanup-only VACUUMs (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Ensure that data is detoasted before being inserted into a BRIN index (Tomas Vondra)

    Index entries are not supposed to contain out-of-line TOAST pointers, but BRIN didn't get that memo. This could lead to errors like “missing chunk number 0 for toast value NNN”. (If you are faced with such an error from an existing index, REINDEX should be enough to fix it.)

  • Fix buffered GiST index builds to work when the index has included columns (Pavel Borisov)

  • Fix unportable use of getnameinfo() in pg_hba_file_rules view (Tom Lane)

    On FreeBSD 11, and possibly other platforms, the view's address and netmask columns were always null due to this error.

  • Avoid crash if debug_query_string is NULL when starting a parallel worker (Noah Misch)

  • Avoid failures when a BEFORE ROW UPDATE trigger returns the “old” row of a table having dropped or “missing” columns (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

    This method of suppressing an update could result in crashes, unexpected CHECK constraint failures, or incorrect RETURNING output, because “missing” columns would read as NULLs for those purposes. (A column is “missing” for this purpose if it was added by ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a non-NULL, but constant, default value.) Dropped columns could cause trouble as well.

  • Fix EXPLAIN's output for incremental sort plans to have correct tag nesting in XML output mode (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Avoid unnecessary failure when transferring very large payloads through shared memory queues (Markus Wanner)

  • Fix omission of result data type coercion in some cases in SQL-language functions (Tom Lane)

    This could lead to wrong results or crashes, depending on the data types involved.

  • Fix incorrect handling of template function attributes in JIT code generation (Andres Freund)

    This has been shown to cause crashes on s390x, and very possibly there are other cases on other platforms.

  • Improve code generated for compare_exchange and fetch_add operations on PPC (Noah Misch)

  • Fix relation cache memory leaks with RLS policies (Tom Lane)

  • Fix edge-case memory leak in index_get_partition() (Justin Pryzby)

  • Fix small memory leak when SIGHUP processing decides that a new GUC variable value cannot be applied without a restart (Tom Lane)

  • Fix memory leaks in PL/pgsql's CALL processing (Pavel Stehule, Tom Lane)

  • In libpq for Windows, call WSAStartup() once per process and WSACleanup() not at all (Tom Lane, Alexander Lakhin)

    Previously, libpq invoked WSAStartup() at connection start and WSACleanup() at connection cleanup. However, it appears that calling WSACleanup() can interfere with other program operations; notably, we have observed rare failures to emit expected output to stdout. There appear to be no ill effects from omitting the call, so do that. (This also eliminates a performance issue from repeated DLL loads and unloads when a program performs a series of database connections.)

  • Fix ecpg library's per-thread initialization logic for Windows (Tom Lane, Alexander Lakhin)

    Multi-threaded ecpg applications could suffer rare misbehavior due to incorrect locking.

  • Fix ecpg's mis-processing of B'...' and X'...' literals (Shenhao Wang)

  • On Windows, make psql read the output of a backtick command in text mode, not binary mode (Tom Lane)

    This ensures proper handling of newlines.

  • Ensure that pg_dump collects per-column information about extension configuration tables (Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Tom Lane)

    Failure to do this led to crashes when specifying --inserts, or underspecified (though usually correct) COPY commands when using COPY to reload the tables' data.

  • Make pg_upgrade check for pre-existence of tablespace directories in the target cluster (Bruce Momjian)

  • Fix potential memory leak in contrib/pgcrypto (Michael Paquier)

  • Add check for an unlikely failure case in contrib/pgcrypto (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Fix recently-added timetz test case so it works when the USA is not observing daylight savings time (Tom Lane)

  • Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2020d for DST law changes in Fiji, Morocco, Palestine, the Canadian Yukon, Macquarie Island, and Casey Station (Antarctica); plus historical corrections for France, Hungary, Monaco, and Palestine.

  • Sync our copy of the timezone library with IANA tzcode release 2020d (Tom Lane)

    This absorbs upstream's change of zic's default output option from “fat” to “slim”. That's just cosmetic for our purposes, as we continue to select the “fat” mode in pre-v13 branches. This change also ensures that strftime() does not change errno unless it fails.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 13.2 released on 2021-02-11 - docs

  • Fix failure to check per-column SELECT privileges in some join queries (Tom Lane)

    In some cases involving joins, the parser failed to record all the columns read by a query in the column-usage bitmaps that are used for permissions checking. Although the executor would still insist on some sort of SELECT privilege to run the query, this meant that a user having SELECT privilege on only one column of a table could nonetheless read all its columns through a suitably crafted query.

    A stored view that is subject to this problem will have incomplete column-usage bitmaps, and thus permissions will still not be enforced properly on the view after updating. In installations that depend on column-level permissions for security, it is recommended to CREATE OR REPLACE all user-defined views to cause them to be re-parsed.

    The PostgreSQL Project thanks Sven Klemm for reporting this problem. (CVE-2021-20229)

  • Fix information leakage in constraint-violation error messages (Heikki Linnakangas)

    If an UPDATE command attempts to move a row to a different partition but finds that it violates some constraint on the new partition, and the columns in that partition are in different physical positions than in the parent table, the error message could reveal the contents of columns that the user does not have SELECT privilege on. (CVE-2021-3393)

  • Fix incorrect detection of concurrent page splits while inserting into a GiST index (Heikki Linnakangas)

    Concurrent insertions could lead to a corrupt index with entries placed in the wrong pages. It's recommended to reindex any GiST index that's been subject to concurrent insertions.

  • Fix CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY to wait for concurrent prepared transactions (Andrey Borodin)

    At the point where CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY waits for all concurrent transactions to complete so that it can see rows they inserted, it must also wait for all prepared transactions to complete, for the same reason. Its failure to do so meant that rows inserted by prepared transactions might be omitted from the new index, causing queries relying on the index to miss such rows. In installations that have enabled prepared transactions (max_prepared_transactions > 0), it's recommended to reindex any concurrently-built indexes in case this problem occurred when they were built.

  • Avoid crash when trying to rescan an aggregation plan node that has both hashed and sorted grouping sets (Jeff Davis)

  • Fix possible incorrect query results when a hash aggregation node spills some tuples to disk (Tom Lane)

    It was possible for aggregation grouping values to be replaced by nulls when the tuples are read back in, leading to wrong answers.

  • Fix edge case in incremental sort (Neil Chen)

    If the last tuple of a sort batch chanced to be the first tuple of the next group of already-sorted tuples, the code did the wrong thing. This could lead to “retrieved too many tuples in a bounded sort” error messages, or to silently-wrong sorting results.

  • Avoid crash when a CALL or DO statement that performs a transaction rollback is executed via extended query protocol (Thomas Munro, Tom Lane)

    In PostgreSQL 13, this case reliably caused a null-pointer dereference. In earlier versions the bug seems to have no visible symptoms, but it's not quite clear that it could never cause a problem.

  • Avoid unnecessary errors with BEFORE UPDATE triggers on partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    A BEFORE UPDATE FOR EACH ROW trigger that modified the row in any way prevented UPDATE from moving the row to another partition when needed; but there is no longer any reason for this restriction.

  • Fix partition pruning logic to handle asymmetric hash partition sets (Tom Lane)

    If a hash-partitioned table has unequally-sized partitions (that is, varying modulus values), or it lacks partitions for some remainder values, then the planner's pruning logic could mistakenly conclude that some partitions don't need to be scanned, leading to failure to find rows that the query should find.

  • Avoid incorrect results when WHERE CURRENT OF is applied to a cursor whose plan contains a MergeAppend node (Tom Lane)

    This case is unsupported (in general, a cursor using ORDER BY is not guaranteed to be simply updatable); but the code previously did not reject it, and could silently give false matches.

  • Fix crash when WHERE CURRENT OF is applied to a cursor whose plan contains a custom scan node (David Geier)

  • Fix planner's mishandling of placeholders whose evaluation should be delayed by an outer join (Tom Lane)

    This occurs in particular with trivial subqueries containing lateral references to outer-join outputs. The mistake could result in a malformed plan. The known cases trigger a “failed to assign all NestLoopParams to plan nodes” error, but other symptoms may be possible.

  • Fix planner's handling of placeholders during removal of useless RESULT RTEs (Tom Lane)

    This oversight could lead to “no relation entry for relid N” planner errors.

  • Fix planner's handling of a placeholder that is computed at some join level and used only at that same level (Tom Lane)

    This oversight could lead to “failed to build any N-way joins” planner errors.

  • Consider unsorted subpaths when planning a Gather Merge operation (James Coleman)

    It's possible to use such a path by adding an explicit Sort node, and in some cases that gives rise to a superior plan.

  • Do not consider ORDER BY expressions involving parallel-restricted functions or set-returning functions when trying to parallelize sorts (James Coleman)

    Such cases cannot safely be pushed into worker processes, but the incremental sort feature accidentally made us consider them.

  • Be more careful about whether index AMs support mark/restore (Andrew Gierth)

    This prevents errors about missing support functions in rare edge cases.

  • Fix overestimate of the amount of shared memory needed for parallel queries (Takayuki Tsunakawa)

  • Fix ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES to handle duplicated arguments safely (Michael Paquier)

    Duplicate role or schema names within the same command could lead to “tuple already updated by self” errors or unique-constraint violations.

  • Flush ACL-related caches when pg_authid changes (Noah Misch)

    This change ensures that permissions-related decisions will promptly reflect the results of ALTER ROLE ... [NO] INHERIT.

  • Fix failure to detect “snapshot too old” conditions in tables rewritten in the current transaction (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Noah Misch)

    This is only a hazard when wal_level is set to minimal and the rewrite is performed by ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE.

  • Fix spurious failure of CREATE PUBLICATION when applied to a table created or rewritten in the current transaction (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    This is only a hazard when wal_level is set to minimal.

  • Prevent misprocessing of ambiguous CREATE TABLE LIKE clauses (Tom Lane)

    A LIKE clause is re-examined after initial creation of the new table, to handle importation of indexes and such. It was possible for this re-examination to find a different table of the same name, causing unexpected behavior; one example is where the new table is a temporary table of the same name as the LIKE target.

  • Rearrange order of operations in CREATE TABLE LIKE so that indexes are cloned before building foreign key constraints (Tom Lane)

    This fixes the case where a self-referential foreign key constraint declared in the outer CREATE TABLE depends on an index that's coming from the LIKE clause.

  • Disallow CREATE STATISTICS on system catalogs (Tomas Vondra)

  • Disallow converting an inheritance child table to a view (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that disk space allocated for a dropped relation is released promptly at commit (Thomas Munro)

    Previously, if the dropped relation spanned multiple 1GB segments, only the first segment was truncated immediately. Other segments were simply unlinked, which doesn't authorize the kernel to release the storage so long as any other backends still have the files open.

  • Prevent dropping a tablespace that is referenced by a partitioned relation, but is not used for any actual storage (Álvaro Herrera)

    Previously this was allowed, but subsequent operations on the partitioned relation would fail.

  • Fix progress reporting for CLUSTER (Matthias van de Meent)

  • Fix handling of backslash-escaped multibyte characters in COPY FROM (Heikki Linnakangas)

    A backslash followed by a multibyte character was not handled correctly. In some client character encodings, this could lead to misinterpreting part of a multibyte character as a field separator or end-of-copy-data marker.

  • Avoid preallocating executor hash tables in EXPLAIN without ANALYZE (Alexey Bashtanov)

  • Fix recently-introduced race condition in LISTEN/NOTIFY queue handling (Tom Lane)

    A newly-listening backend could attempt to read SLRU pages that were in process of being truncated, possibly causing an error.

  • Allow the jsonb concatenation operator to handle all combinations of JSON data types (Tom Lane)

    We can concatenate two JSON objects or two JSON arrays. Handle other cases by wrapping non-array inputs in one-element arrays, then performing an array concatenation. Previously, some combinations of inputs followed this rule but others arbitrarily threw an error.

  • Fix use of uninitialized value while parsing a * quantifier in a BRE-mode regular expression (Tom Lane)

    This error could cause the quantifier to act non-greedy, that is behave like a *? quantifier would do in full regular expressions.

  • Fix numeric power() for the case where the exponent is exactly INT_MIN (-2147483648) (Dean Rasheed)

    Previously, a result with no significant digits was produced.

  • Fix integer-overflow cases in substring() functions (Tom Lane, Pavel Stehule)

    If the specified starting index and length overflow an integer when added together, substring() misbehaved, either throwing a bogus “negative substring length” error for a case that should succeed, or failing to complain that a negative length is negative (and instead returning the whole string, in most cases).

  • Prevent possible data loss from incorrect detection of the wraparound point of an SLRU log (Noah Misch)

    The wraparound point typically falls in the middle of a page, which must be rounded off to a page boundary, and that was not done correctly. No issue could arise unless an installation had gotten to within one page of SLRU overflow, which is unlikely in a properly-functioning system. If this did happen, it would manifest in later “apparent wraparound” or “could not access status of transaction” errors.

  • Fix WAL-reading logic to handle timeline switches correctly (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao)

    Previously, if WAL archiving is enabled, a standby could fail to follow a primary running on a newer timeline, with errors like “requested WAL segment has already been removed”.

  • Fix memory leak in walsender processes while sending new snapshots for logical decoding (Amit Kapila)

  • Fix relation cache leak in walsender processes while sending row changes via the root of a partitioned relation during logical replication (Amit Langote, Mark Zhao)

  • Fix walsender to accept additional commands after terminating replication (Jeff Davis)

  • Ensure detection of deadlocks between hot standby backends and the startup (WAL-application) process (Fujii Masao)

    The startup process did not run the deadlock detection code, so that in situations where the startup process is last to join a circular wait situation, the deadlock might never be recognized.

  • Fix possible failure to detect recovery conflicts while deleting an index entry that references a HOT chain (Peter Geoghegan)

    The code failed to traverse the HOT chain and might thus compute a too-old XID horizon, which could lead to incorrect conflict processing in hot standby. The practical impact of this bug is limited; in most cases the correct XID horizon would be found anyway from nearby operations.

  • Ensure that a nonempty value of krb_server_keyfile always overrides any setting of KRB5_KTNAME in the server's environment (Tom Lane)

    Previously, which setting took precedence depended on whether the client requests GSS encryption.

  • In server log messages about failing to match connections to pg_hba.conf entries, include details about whether GSS encryption has been activated (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane)

    This is relevant data if hostgssenc or hostnogssenc entries exist.

  • Fix assorted issues in server's support for GSS encryption (Tom Lane)

    Remove pointless restriction that only GSS authentication can be used on a GSS-encrypted connection. Add GSS encryption information to connection-authorized log messages. Include GSS-related space when computing the required size of shared memory (this omission could have caused problems with very high max_connections settings). Avoid possible infinite recursion when reporting an unrecoverable GSS encryption error.

  • Ensure that unserviced requests for background workers are cleaned up when the postmaster begins a “smart” or “fast” shutdown sequence (Tom Lane)

    Previously, there was a race condition whereby a child process that had requested a background worker just before shutdown could wait indefinitely, preventing shutdown from completing.

  • Fix portability problem in parsing of recovery_target_xid values (Michael Paquier)

    The target XID is potentially 64 bits wide, but it was parsed with strtoul(), causing misbehavior on platforms where long is 32 bits (such as Windows).

  • Avoid trying to use parallel index build in a standalone backend (Yulin Pei)

  • Allow index AMs to support included columns without necessarily supporting multiple key columns (Tom Lane)

  • While taking a base backup, avoid executing any SHA256 code if a backup manifest is not needed (Michael Paquier)

    When using OpenSSL operating in FIPS mode, SHA256 hashing is rejected, leading to an error. This change makes it possible to take a base backup on such a platform, so long as --no-manifest is specified.

  • Avoid assertion failure during parallel aggregation of an aggregate with a non-strict deserialization function (Andrew Gierth)

    No such aggregate functions exist in core PostgreSQL, but some extensions such as PostGIS provide some. The mistake is harmless anyway in a non-assert build.

  • Avoid assertion failure in pg_get_functiondef() when examining a function with a TRANSFORM option (Tom Lane)

  • Fix data structure misallocation in PL/pgSQL's CALL statement (Tom Lane)

    A CALL in a PL/pgSQL procedure, to another procedure that has OUT parameters, would fail if the called procedure did a COMMIT or ROLLBACK.

  • In libpq, do not skip trying SSL after GSS encryption (Tom Lane)

    If we successfully made a GSS-encrypted connection, but then failed during authentication, we would fall back to an unencrypted connection rather than next trying an SSL-encrypted connection. This could lead to unexpected connection failure, or to silently getting an unencrypted connection where an encrypted one is expected. Fortunately, GSS encryption could only succeed if both client and server hold valid tickets in the same Kerberos infrastructure. It seems unlikely for that to be true in an environment that requires SSL encryption instead.

  • Make libpq's PQconndefaults() function report the correct default value for channel_binding (Daniele Varrazzo)

  • In psql, re-allow including a password in a connection_string argument of a \connect command (Tom Lane)

    This used to work, but a recent bug fix caused the password to be ignored (resulting in prompting for a password).

  • In psql's \d commands, don't truncate the display of column default values (Tom Lane)

    Formerly, they were arbitrarily truncated at 128 characters.

  • Fix assorted bugs in psql's \help command (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane)

    \help with two argument words failed to find a command description using only the first word, for example \help reset all should show the help for RESET but did not. Also, \help often failed to invoke the pager when it should. It also leaked memory.

  • Fix pg_dump's dumping of inherited generated columns (Peter Eisentraut)

    The previous behavior resulted in (harmless) errors during restore.

  • In pg_dump, ensure that the restore script runs ALTER PUBLICATION ADD TABLE commands as the owner of the publication, and similarly runs ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION commands as the owner of the partitioned index (Tom Lane)

    Previously, these commands would be run by the role that started the restore script; which will usually work, but in corner cases that role might not have adequate permissions.

  • Fix pg_dump to handle WITH GRANT OPTION in an extension's initial privileges (Noah Misch)

    If an extension's script creates an object and grants privileges on it with grant option, then later the user revokes such privileges, pg_dump would generate incorrect SQL for reproducing the situation. (Few if any extensions do this today.)

  • In pg_rewind, ensure that all WAL is accounted for when rewinding a standby server (Ian Barwick, Heikki Linnakangas)

  • In pgbench, disallow a digit as the first character of a variable name (Fabien Coelho)

    This prevents trying to substitute variables into timestamp literal values, which may contain strings like 12:34.

  • Report the correct database name in connection failure error messages from some client programs (Álvaro Herrera)

    If the database name was defaulted rather than given on the command line, pg_dumpall, pgbench, oid2name, and vacuumlo would produce misleading error messages after a connection failure.

  • Fix memory leak in contrib/auto_explain (Japin Li)

    Memory consumed while producing the EXPLAIN output was not freed until the end of the current transaction (for a top-level statement) or the end of the surrounding statement (for a nested statement). This was particularly a problem with log_nested_statements enabled.

  • In contrib/postgres_fdw, avoid leaking open connections to remote servers when a user mapping or foreign server object is dropped (Bharath Rupireddy)

    Open connections that depend on a dropped user mapping or foreign server can no longer be referenced, but formerly they were kept around anyway for the duration of the local session.

  • Fix faulty assertion in contrib/postgres_fdw (Etsuro Fujita)

  • In contrib/pgcrypto, check for error returns from OpenSSL's EVP functions (Michael Paquier)

    We do not really expect errors here, but this change silences warnings from static analysis tools.

  • Make contrib/pg_prewarm more robust when the cluster is shut down before prewarming is complete (Tom Lane)

    Previously, autoprewarm would rewrite its status file with only the block numbers that it had managed to load so far, thus perhaps largely disabling the prewarm functionality in the next startup. Instead, suppress status file updates until the initial loading pass is complete.

  • In contrib/pg_trgm's GiST index support, avoid crash in the rare case that picksplit is called on exactly two index items (Andrew Gierth, Alexander Korotkov)

  • Fix miscalculation of timeouts in contrib/pg_prewarm and contrib/postgres_fdw (Alexey Kondratov, Tom Lane)

    The main loop in contrib/pg_prewarm's autoprewarm parent process underestimated its desired sleep time by a factor of 1000, causing it to consume much more CPU than intended. When waiting for a result from a remote server, contrib/postgres_fdw overestimated the desired timeout by a factor of 1000 (though this error had been mitigated by imposing a clamp to 60 seconds).

    Both of these errors stemmed from incorrectly converting seconds-and-microseconds to milliseconds. Introduce a new API TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() to make it easier to get this right in the future.

  • Improve configure's heuristics for selecting PG_SYSROOT on macOS (Tom Lane)

    The new method is more likely to produce desirable results when Xcode is newer than the underlying operating system. Choosing a sysroot that does not match the OS version may result in nonfunctional executables.

  • While building on macOS, specify -isysroot in link steps as well as compile steps (James Hilliard)

    This likewise improves the results when Xcode is out of sync with the operating system.

  • Fix JIT compilation to be compatible with LLVM 11 and LLVM 12 (Andres Freund)

  • Fix potential mishandling of references to boolean variables in JIT expression compilation (Andres Freund)

    No field reports attributable to this have been seen, but it seems likely that it could cause problems on some architectures.

  • Fix compile failure with ICU 68 and later (Tom Lane)

  • Avoid memcpy() with a NULL source pointer and zero count during partitioned index creation (Álvaro Herrera)

    While such a call is not known to cause problems in itself, some compilers assume that the arguments of memcpy() are never NULL, which could result in incorrect optimization of nearby code.

  • Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2021a for DST law changes in Russia (Volgograd zone) and South Sudan, plus historical corrections for Australia, Bahamas, Belize, Bermuda, Ghana, Israel, Kenya, Nigeria, Palestine, Seychelles, and Vanuatu.

    Notably, the Australia/Currie zone has been corrected to the point where it is identical to Australia/Hobart.

• ⇑ Upgrade to 13.3 released on 2021-05-13 - docs

  • Prevent integer overflows in array subscripting calculations (Tom Lane)

    The array code previously did not complain about cases where an array's lower bound plus length overflows an integer. This resulted in later entries in the array becoming inaccessible (since their subscripts could not be written as integers), but more importantly it confused subsequent assignment operations. This could lead to memory overwrites, with ensuing crashes or unwanted data modifications. (CVE-2021-32027)

  • Fix mishandling of “junk” columns in INSERT ... ON CONFLICT ... UPDATE target lists (Tom Lane)

    If the UPDATE list contains any multi-column sub-selects (which give rise to junk columns in addition to the results proper), the UPDATE path would end up storing tuples that include the values of the extra junk columns. That's fairly harmless in the short run, but if new columns are added to the table then the values would become accessible, possibly leading to malfunctions if they don't match the datatypes of the added columns.

    In addition, in versions supporting cross-partition updates, a cross-partition update triggered by such a case had the reverse problem: the junk columns were removed from the target list, typically causing an immediate crash due to malfunction of the multi-column sub-select mechanism. (CVE-2021-32028)

  • Fix possibly-incorrect computation of UPDATE ... RETURNING outputs for joined cross-partition updates (Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita)

    If an UPDATE for a partitioned table caused a row to be moved to another partition with a physically different row type (for example, one with a different set of dropped columns), computation of RETURNING results for that row could produce errors or wrong answers. No error is observed unless the UPDATE involves other tables being joined to the target table. (CVE-2021-32029)

  • Fix adjustment of constraint deferrability properties in partitioned tables (Álvaro Herrera)

    When applied to a foreign-key constraint of a partitioned table, ALTER TABLE ... ALTER CONSTRAINT failed to adjust the DEFERRABLE and/or INITIALLY DEFERRED markings of the constraints and triggers of leaf partitions. This led to unexpected behavior of such constraints. After updating to this version, any misbehaving partitioned tables can be fixed by executing a new ALTER command to set the desired properties.

    This change also disallows applying such an ALTER directly to the constraints of leaf partitions. The only supported case is for the whole partitioning hierarchy to have identical constraint properties, so such ALTERs must be applied at the partition root.

  • When attaching a child table with ALTER TABLE ... INHERIT, insist that any generated columns in the parent be generated the same way in the child (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Forbid marking an identity column as nullable (Vik Fearing)

    GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY implies NOT NULL, so don't allow it to be combined with an explicit NULL specification.

  • Allow ALTER ROLE/DATABASE ... SET to set the role, session_authorization, and temp_buffers parameters (Tom Lane)

    Previously, over-eager validity checks might reject these commands, even if the values would have worked when used later. This created a command ordering hazard for dump/reload and upgrade scenarios.

  • Ensure that REINDEX CONCURRENTLY preserves any statistics target that's been set for the index (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix COMMIT AND CHAIN to work correctly when the current transaction has live savepoints (Fujii Masao)

  • Fix list-manipulation bug in WITH RECURSIVE processing (Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)

    Sufficiently deep nesting of WITH constructs (at least seven levels) triggered core dumps or incorrect complaints of faulty WITH nesting.

  • Fix bug with coercing the result of a COLLATE expression to a non-collatable type (Tom Lane)

    This led to a parse tree in which the COLLATE appears to be applied to a non-collatable value. While that normally has no real impact (since COLLATE has no effect at runtime), it was possible to construct views that would be rejected during dump/reload.

  • Fix use-after-free bug in saving tuples for AFTER triggers (Amit Langote)

    This could cause crashes in some situations.

  • Disallow calling window functions and procedures via the “fast path” wire protocol message (Tom Lane)

    Only plain functions are supported here. While trying to call an aggregate function failed already, calling a window function would crash, and calling a procedure would work only if the procedure did no transaction control.

  • Extend pg_identify_object_as_address() to support event triggers (Joel Jacobson)

  • Fix to_char()'s handling of Roman-numeral month format codes with negative intervals (Julien Rouhaud)

    Previously, such cases would usually cause a crash.

  • Check that the argument of pg_import_system_collations() is a valid schema OID (Tom Lane)

  • Fix use of uninitialized value while parsing an \{m,n\} quantifier in a BRE-mode regular expression (Tom Lane)

    This error could cause the quantifier to act non-greedy, that is behave like an {m,n}? quantifier would do in full regular expressions.

  • Fix “could not find pathkey item to sort” planner errors in some situations where the sort key involves an aggregate or window function (James Coleman, Tom Lane)

  • Don't ignore system columns when estimating the number of groups using extended statistics (Tomas Vondra)

    This led to strange estimates for queries such as SELECT ... GROUP BY a, b, ctid.

  • Avoid divide-by-zero when estimating selectivity of a regular expression with a very long fixed prefix (Tom Lane)

    This typically led to a NaN selectivity value, causing assertion failures or strange planner behavior.

  • Fix access-off-the-end-of-the-table error in BRIN index bitmap scans (Tomas Vondra)

    If the page range size used by a BRIN index isn't a power of two, there were corner cases in which a bitmap scan could try to fetch pages past the actual end of the table, leading to “could not open file” errors.

  • Fix potentially wrong answers from GIN tsvector index searches, when there are many matching tuples (Tom Lane)

    If the number of index matches became large enough to make the bitmap holding them become lossy (a threshold that depends on work_mem), the code could get confused about whether rechecks are required, allowing rows to be returned that don't actually match the query.

  • Fix concurrency issues with WAL segment recycling on Windows (Michael Paquier)

    This reverts a change that caused intermittent “could not rename file ...: Permission denied” log messages. While there were not serious consequences, the log spam was annoying.

  • Avoid incorrect timeline change while recovering uncommitted two-phase transactions from WAL (Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Jimmy Yih, Kevin Yeap)

    This error could lead to subsequent WAL records being written under the wrong timeline ID, leading to consistency problems, or even complete failure to be able to restart the server, later on.

  • Ensure that locks are released while shutting down a standby server's startup process (Fujii Masao)

    When a standby server is shut down while still in recovery, some locks might be left held. This causes assertion failures in debug builds; it's unclear whether any serious consequence could occur in production builds.

  • Fix crash when a logical replication worker does ALTER SUBSCRIPTION REFRESH (Peter Smith)

    The core code won't do this, but a replica trigger could.

  • Ensure we default to wal_sync_method = fdatasync on recent FreeBSD (Thomas Munro)

    FreeBSD 13 supports open_datasync, which would normally become the default choice. However, it's unclear whether that is actually an improvement for Postgres, so preserve the existing default for now.

  • Disable the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor parameter and storage option (Peter Geoghegan)

    The notion of tracking “stale” index statistics proved to interact badly with the autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold parameter, resulting in unnecessary full-index scans and consequent degradation of autovacuum performance. The latter mechanism seems superior, so remove the stale-statistics logic. The control parameter for that, vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, will be removed entirely in v14. In v13, it remains present to avoid breaking existing configuration files, but it no longer does anything.

  • Pass the correct trigger OID to object post-alter hooks during ALTER CONSTRAINT (Álvaro Herrera)

    When updating trigger properties during ALTER CONSTRAINT, the post-alter hook was told that we are updating a trigger, but the constraint's OID was passed instead of the trigger's.

  • Ensure we finish cleaning up when interrupted while detaching a DSM segment (Thomas Munro)

    This error could result in temporary files not being cleaned up promptly after a parallel query.

  • Fix assorted minor memory leaks in the server (Tom Lane, Andres Freund)

  • Fix uninitialized variable in walreceiver's statistics in shared memory (Fujii Masao)

    This error was harmless on most platforms, but could cause issues on platforms lacking atomic variables and/or spinlock support.

  • Reduce the overhead of dtrace probes for LWLock operations, when dtrace support is compiled in but not active (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Fix failure when a PL/pgSQL DO block makes use of both composite-type variables and transaction control (Tom Lane)

    Previously, such cases led to errors about leaked tuple descriptors.

  • Prevent infinite loop in libpq if a ParameterDescription message with a corrupt length is received (Tom Lane)

  • When initdb prints instructions about how to start the server, make the path shown for pg_ctl use backslash separators on Windows (Nitin Jadhav)

  • Fix psql to restore the previous behavior of \connect service=something (Tom Lane)

    A previous bug fix caused environment variables (such as PGPORT) to override entries in the service file in this context. Restore the previous behavior, in which the priority is the other way around.

  • Fix psql's ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK feature to handle COMMIT AND CHAIN commands correctly (Arthur Nascimento)

    Previously, this case failed with “savepoint "pg_psql_temporary_savepoint" does not exist”.

  • In psql, avoid repeated “could not print result table” failures after the first such error (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix race condition in detection of file modification by psql's \e and related commands (Laurenz Albe)

    A very fast typist could fool the code's file-timestamp-based detection of whether the temporary edit file was changed.

  • Fix pg_dump's dumping of generated columns in partitioned tables (Peter Eisentraut)

    A fix introduced in the previous minor release should not be applied to partitioned tables, only traditionally-inherited tables.

  • Fix missed file version check in pg_restore (Tom Lane)

    When reading a custom-format archive from a non-seekable source, pg_restore neglected to check the archive version. If it was fed a newer archive version than it can support, it would fail messily later on.

  • Add some more checks to pg_upgrade for user tables containing non-upgradable data types (Tom Lane)

    Fix detection of some cases where a non-upgradable data type is embedded within a container type (such as an array or range). Also disallow upgrading when user tables contain columns of system-defined composite types, since those types' OIDs are not stable across versions.

  • Fix incorrect progress-reporting calculation in pg_checksums (Shinya Kato)

  • Fix pg_waldump to count XACT records correctly when generating per-record statistics (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

  • Fix contrib/amcheck to not complain about the tuple flags HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY and HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED both being set (Julien Rouhaud)

    This is a valid state after SELECT FOR UPDATE.

  • Adjust VPATH build rules to support recent Oracle Developer Studio compiler versions (Noah Misch)

  • Fix testing of PL/Python for Python 3 on Solaris (Noah Misch)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 13.4 released on 2021-08-12 - docs

  • Fix mis-planning of repeated application of a projection step (Tom Lane)

    The planner could create an incorrect plan in cases where two ProjectionPaths were stacked on top of each other. The only known way to trigger that situation involves parallel sort operations, but there may be other instances. The result would be crashes or incorrect query results. Disclosure of server memory contents is also possible. (CVE-2021-3677)

  • Disallow SSL renegotiation more completely (Michael Paquier)

    SSL renegotiation has been disabled for some time, but the server would still cooperate with a client-initiated renegotiation request. A maliciously crafted renegotiation request could result in a server crash (see OpenSSL issue CVE-2021-3449). Disable the feature altogether on OpenSSL versions that permit doing so, which are 1.1.0h and newer.

  • Restore the Portal-level snapshot after COMMIT or ROLLBACK within a procedure (Tom Lane)

    This change fixes cases where an attempt to fetch a toasted value immediately after COMMIT/ROLLBACK would fail with errors like “no known snapshots” or “missing chunk number 0 for toast value”.

    Some extensions may attempt to execute SQL code outside of any Portal. They are responsible for ensuring that an outer snapshot exists before doing so. Previously, not providing a snapshot might work or it might not; now it will consistently fail with “cannot execute SQL without an outer snapshot or portal”.

  • Avoid misbehavior when persisting the output of a cursor that's reading a non-stable query (Tom Lane)

    Previously, we'd always rewind and re-read the whole query result, possibly getting results different from the earlier execution, causing great confusion later. For a NO SCROLL cursor, we can fix this by only storing the not-yet-read portion of the query output, which is sufficient since a NO SCROLL cursor can't be backed up. Cursors with the SCROLL option remain at hazard, but that was already documented to be an unsafe option to use with a non-stable query. Make those documentation warnings stronger.

    Also force NO SCROLL mode for the implicit cursor used by a PL/pgSQL FOR-over-query loop, to avoid this type of problem when persisting such a cursor during an intra-procedure commit.

  • Reject SELECT ... GROUP BY GROUPING SETS (()) FOR UPDATE (Tom Lane)

    This should be disallowed, just as FOR UPDATE with a plain GROUP BY is disallowed, but the test for that failed to handle empty grouping sets correctly. The end result would be a null-pointer dereference in the executor.

  • Reject cases where a query in WITH rewrites to just NOTIFY (Tom Lane)

    Such cases previously crashed.

  • In numeric multiplication, round the result rather than failing if it would have more than 16383 digits after the decimal point (Dean Rasheed)

  • Fix corner-case errors and loss of precision when raising numeric values to very large powers (Dean Rasheed)

  • Fix division-by-zero failure in to_char() with EEEE format and a numeric input value less than 10^(-1001) (Dean Rasheed)

  • Fix pg_size_pretty(bigint) to round negative values consistently with the way it rounds positive ones (and consistently with the numeric version) (Dean Rasheed, David Rowley)

  • Make pg_filenode_relation(0, 0) return NULL rather than failing (Justin Pryzby)

  • Make ALTER EXTENSION lock the extension when adding or removing a member object (Tom Lane)

    The previous coding allowed ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP to occur concurrently with DROP EXTENSION, leading to a crash or corrupt catalog entries.

  • Fix ALTER SUBSCRIPTION to reject an empty slot name (Japin Li)

  • When cloning a partitioned table's triggers to a new partition, ensure that their enabled status is copied (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Avoid alias conflicts in queries generated for REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW CONCURRENTLY (Tom Lane, Bharath Rupireddy)

    This command failed on materialized views containing columns with certain names, notably mv and newdata.

  • Fix PREPARE TRANSACTION to check correctly for conflicting session-lifespan and transaction-lifespan locks (Tom Lane)

    A transaction cannot be prepared if it has both session-lifespan and transaction-lifespan locks on the same advisory-lock ID value. This restriction was not fully checked, which could lead to a PANIC during PREPARE TRANSACTION.

  • Fix misbehavior of DROP OWNED BY when the target role is listed more than once in an RLS policy (Tom Lane)

  • Skip unnecessary error tests when removing a role from an RLS policy during DROP OWNED BY (Tom Lane)

    Notably, this fixes some cases where it was necessary to be a superuser to use DROP OWNED BY.

  • Re-allow old-style Windows locale names in CREATE COLLATION commands (Thomas Munro)

    Previously we were failing because the operating system can't provide version information for such locales. At some point we may decide to require version information, but no such policy exists yet, so re-allow the case for now.

  • Disallow whole-row variables in GENERATED expressions (Tom Lane)

    Use of a whole-row variable clearly violates the rule that a generated column cannot depend on itself, so such cases have no well-defined behavior. The actual behavior frequently included a crash.

  • Fix usage of tableoid in GENERATED expressions (Tom Lane)

    Some code paths failed to provide a valid value for this system column while evaluating a GENERATED expression.

  • Don't store a “fast default” when adding a column to a foreign table (Andrew Dunstan)

    The fast default is useless since no local heap storage exists for such a table, but it confused subsequent operations. In addition to suppressing creation of such catalog entries in ALTER TABLE commands, adjust the downstream code to cope when one is incorrectly present.

  • Allow index state flags to be updated transactionally (Michael Paquier, Andrey Lepikhov)

    This avoids failures when dealing with index predicates that aren't really immutable. While that's not considered a supported case, the original reason for using a non-transactional update here is long gone, so we may as well change it.

  • Avoid corrupting the plan cache entry when CREATE DOMAIN or ALTER DOMAIN appears in a cached plan (Tom Lane)

  • Make walsenders show their latest replication commands in pg_stat_activity (Tom Lane)

    Previously, a walsender would show its latest SQL command, which was confusing if it's now doing some replication operation instead. Now we show replication-protocol commands on the same footing as SQL commands.

  • Make pg_settings.pending_restart show as true when the pertinent entry in postgresql.conf has been removed (Álvaro Herrera)

    pending_restart correctly showed the case where an entry that cannot be changed without a postmaster restart has been modified, but not where the entry had been removed altogether.

  • On 64-bit Windows, allow the effective value of work_mem times hash_mem_multiplier to exceed 2GB (Tom Lane)

    This allows hash_mem_multiplier to be used for its intended purpose of preventing large hash aggregations from spilling to disk, even when “large” means multiple gigabytes.

  • Fix mis-planning of queries involving regular tables that are inheritance children of foreign tables (Amit Langote)

    SELECT FOR UPDATE and related commands would fail with assertion failures or “could not find junk column” errors in such cases.

  • Fix pullup of constant function-in-FROM results when the FROM item is marked LATERAL (Tom Lane)

  • Fix corner-case failure of a new standby to follow a new primary (Dilip Kumar, Robert Haas)

    Under a narrow combination of conditions, the standby could wind up trying to follow the wrong WAL timeline.

  • Update minimum recovery point when WAL replay of a transaction abort record causes file truncation (Fujii Masao)

    File truncation is irreversible, so it's no longer safe to stop recovery at a point earlier than that record. The corresponding case for transaction commit was fixed years ago, but this one was overlooked.

  • Advance oldest-required-WAL-segment horizon properly after a replication slot is invalidated (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    If all slots were invalidated, the horizon would not move again, eventually allowing the server's WAL storage to run out of space.

  • In walreceivers, avoid attempting catalog lookups after an error (Masahiko Sawada, Bharath Rupireddy)

  • Ensure that a standby server's startup process will respond to a shutdown signal promptly while waiting for WAL to arrive (Fujii Masao, Soumyadeep Chakraborty)

  • Correctly clear shared state after failing to become a member of a transaction commit group (Amit Kapila)

    Given the right timing, this could cause an assertion failure when some later session re-uses the same PGPROC object.

  • Add locking to avoid reading incorrect relmapper data in the face of a concurrent write from another process (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Improve progress reporting for the sort phase of a parallel btree index build (Matthias van de Meent)

  • Improve checks for violations of replication protocol (Tom Lane)

    Logical replication workers frequently used Asserts to check for cases that could be triggered by invalid or out-of-order replication commands. This seems unwise, so promote these tests to regular error checks.

  • Fix assorted crash cases in logical replication of partitioned-table updates (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

  • Fix potential crash when firing AFTER triggers of partitioned tables in logical replication workers (Tom Lane)

  • Fix deadlock when multiple logical replication workers try to truncate the same table (Peter Smith, Haiying Tang)

  • Fix error cases and memory leaks in logical decoding of speculative insertions (Dilip Kumar)

  • Fix memory leak in logical replication output (Amit Langote)

  • Avoid leaving an invalid record-type hash table entry behind after an error (Sait Talha Nisanci)

    This could lead to later crashes or memory leakage.

  • Fix plan cache reference leaks in some error cases in CREATE TABLE ... AS EXECUTE (Tom Lane)

  • Fix race condition in code for sharing tuple descriptors across parallel workers (Thomas Munro)

    Given the right timing, a crash could result.

  • Fix race condition when invalidating an obsolete replication slot concurrently with an attempt to drop or update it (Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix possible race condition when releasing BackgroundWorkerSlots (Tom Lane)

    It's likely that this doesn't fix any observable bug on Intel hardware, but machines with weaker memory ordering rules could have problems.

  • Fix latent crash in sorting code (Ronan Dunklau)

    One code path could attempt to free a null pointer. The case appears unreachable in the core server's use of sorting, but perhaps it could be triggered by extensions.

  • Harden B-tree posting list split code against corrupt data (Peter Geoghegan)

    Throw an error, rather than crashing, for an attempt to insert an item with a TID identical to an existing entry. While that shouldn't ever happen, it has been reported to happen when the index is inconsistent with its table.

  • Prevent infinite loops in SP-GiST index insertion (Tom Lane)

    In the event that INCLUDE columns take up enough space to prevent a leaf index tuple from ever fitting on a page, the text_ops operator class would get into an infinite loop vainly trying to make the tuple fit. While pre-v11 versions don't have INCLUDE columns, back-patch this anti-looping fix to them anyway, as it seems like a good defense against bugs in operator classes.

  • Ensure that SP-GiST index insertion can be terminated by a query cancel request (Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Fix uninitialized-variable bug that could cause PL/pgSQL to act as though an INTO clause specified STRICT, even though it didn't (Tom Lane)

  • Don't abort the process for an out-of-memory failure in libpq's printing functions (Tom Lane)

  • In ecpg, allow the numeric value INT_MIN (usually -2147483648) to be converted to integer (John Naylor)

  • In psql and other client programs, avoid overrunning the ends of strings when dealing with invalidly-encoded data (Tom Lane)

    An incorrectly-encoded multibyte character near the end of a string could cause various processing loops to run past the string's terminating NUL, with results ranging from no detectable issue to a program crash, depending on what happens to be in the following memory. This is reminiscent of CVE-2006-2313, although these particular cases do not appear to have interesting security consequences.

  • Fix pg_dump to correctly handle triggers on partitioned tables whose enabled status is different from their parent triggers' status (Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Avoid “invalid creation date in header” warnings observed when running pg_restore on an archive file created in a different time zone (Tom Lane)

  • Make pg_upgrade carry forward the old installation's oldestXID value (Bertrand Drouvot)

    Previously, the new installation's oldestXID was set to a value old enough to (usually) force immediate anti-wraparound autovacuuming. That's not desirable from a performance standpoint; what's worse, installations using large values of autovacuum_freeze_max_age could suffer unwanted forced shutdowns soon after an upgrade.

  • Extend pg_upgrade to detect and warn about extensions that should be upgraded (Bruce Momjian)

    A script file is now produced containing the ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE commands needed to bring extensions up to the versions that are considered default in the new installation.

  • Avoid problems when switching pg_receivewal between compressed and non-compressed WAL storage (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix contrib/postgres_fdw to work usefully with generated columns (Etsuro Fujita)

    postgres_fdw will now behave reasonably with generated columns, so long as a generated column in a foreign table represents a generated column in the remote table. IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA will now import generated columns that way by default.

  • In contrib/postgres_fdw, avoid attempting catalog lookups after an error (Tom Lane)

    While this usually worked, it's not very safe since the error might have been one that made catalog access nonfunctional. A side effect of the fix is that messages about data conversion errors will now mention the query's table and column aliases (if used) rather than the true underlying name of a foreign table or column.

  • Improve the isolation-test infrastructure (Tom Lane, Michael Paquier)

    Allow isolation test steps to be annotated to show the expected completion order. This allows getting stable results from otherwise-racy test cases, without the long delays that we previously used (not entirely successfully) to fend off race conditions. Allow non-quoted identifiers as isolation test session/step names (formerly, all such names had to be double-quoted). Detect and warn about unused steps in isolation tests. Improve display of query results in isolation tests. Remove isolationtester's “dry-run” mode. Remove memory leaks in isolationtester itself.

  • Reduce overhead of cache-clobber testing (Tom Lane)

  • Fix PL/Python's regression tests to pass with Python 3.10 (Honza Horak)

  • Make printf("%s", NULL) print (null) instead of crashing (Tom Lane)

    This should improve server robustness in corner cases, and it syncs our printf implementation with common libraries.

  • Fix incorrect log message when point-in-time recovery stops at a ROLLBACK PREPARED record (Simon Riggs)

  • Improve ALTER TABLE's messages for wrong-relation-kind errors (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

  • Clarify error messages referring to “non-negative” values (Bharath Rupireddy)

  • Fix configure to work with OpenLDAP 2.5, which no longer has a separate libldap_r library (Adrian Ho, Tom Lane)

    If there is no libldap_r library, we now silently assume that libldap is thread-safe.

  • Add new make targets world-bin and install-world-bin (Andrew Dunstan)

    These are the same as world and install-world respectively, except that they do not build or install the documentation.

  • Fix make rule for TAP tests (prove_installcheck) to work in PGXS usage (Andrew Dunstan)

  • Adjust JIT code to prepare for forthcoming LLVM API change (Thomas Munro, Andres Freund)

    LLVM 13 has made an incompatible API change that will cause crashing of our previous JIT compiler.

  • Avoid assuming that strings returned by GSSAPI libraries are null-terminated (Tom Lane)

    The GSSAPI spec provides for a string pointer and length. It seems that in practice the next byte after the string is usually zero, so that our previous coding didn't actually fail; but we do have a report of AddressSanitizer complaints.

  • Enable building with GSSAPI on MSVC (Michael Paquier)

    Fix various incompatibilities with modern Kerberos builds.

  • In MSVC builds, include --with-pgport in the set of configure options reported by pg_config, if it had been specified (Andrew Dunstan)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 14 released on 2021-09-30 - docs

  • User-defined objects that reference certain built-in array functions along with their argument types must be recreated (Tom Lane)

    Specifically, array_append(), array_prepend(), array_cat(), array_position(), array_positions(), array_remove(), array_replace(), and width_bucket() used to take anyarray arguments but now take anycompatiblearray. Therefore, user-defined objects like aggregates and operators that reference those array function signatures must be dropped before upgrading, and recreated once the upgrade completes.

  • Remove deprecated containment operators @ and ~ for built-in geometric data types and contrib modules cube, hstore, intarray, and seg (Justin Pryzby)

    The more consistently named <@ and @> have been recommended for many years.

  • Fix to_tsquery() and websearch_to_tsquery() to properly parse query text containing discarded tokens (Alexander Korotkov)

    Certain discarded tokens, like underscore, caused the output of these functions to produce incorrect tsquery output, e.g., both websearch_to_tsquery('"pg_class pg"') and to_tsquery('pg_class <-> pg') used to output ( 'pg' & 'class' ) <-> 'pg', but now both output 'pg' <-> 'class' <-> 'pg'.

  • Fix websearch_to_tsquery() to properly parse multiple adjacent discarded tokens in quotes (Alexander Korotkov)

    Previously, quoted text that contained multiple adjacent discarded tokens was treated as multiple tokens, causing incorrect tsquery output, e.g., websearch_to_tsquery('"aaa: bbb"') used to output 'aaa' <2> 'bbb', but now outputs 'aaa' <-> 'bbb'.

  • Change EXTRACT() to return type numeric instead of float8 (Peter Eisentraut)

    This avoids loss-of-precision issues in some usages. The old behavior can still be obtained by using the old underlying function date_part().

    Also, EXTRACT(date) now throws an error for units that are not part of the date data type.

  • Change var_samp() and stddev_samp() with numeric parameters to return NULL when the input is a single NaN value (Tom Lane)

    Previously NaN was returned.

  • Return false for has_column_privilege() checks on non-existent or dropped columns when using attribute numbers (Joe Conway)

    Previously such attribute numbers returned an invalid-column error.

  • Fix handling of infinite window function ranges (Tom Lane)

    Previously window frame clauses like 'inf' PRECEDING AND 'inf' FOLLOWING returned incorrect results.

  • Remove factorial operators ! and !!, as well as function numeric_fac() (Mark Dilger)

    The factorial() function is still supported.

  • Disallow factorial() of negative numbers (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously such cases returned 1.

  • Remove support for postfix (right-unary) operators (Mark Dilger)

    pg_dump and pg_upgrade will warn if postfix operators are being dumped.

  • Allow \D and \W shorthands to match newlines in regular expression newline-sensitive mode (Tom Lane)

    Previously they did not match newlines in this mode, but that disagrees with the behavior of other common regular expression engines. [^[:digit:]] or [^[:word:]] can be used to get the old behavior.

  • Disregard constraints when matching regular expression back-references (Tom Lane)

    For example, in (^\d+).*\1, the ^ constraint should be applied at the start of the string, but not when matching \1.

  • Disallow \w as a range start or end in regular expression character classes (Tom Lane)

    This previously was allowed but produced unexpected results.

  • Require custom server parameter names to use only characters that are valid in unquoted SQL identifiers (Tom Lane)

  • Change the default of the password_encryption server parameter to scram-sha-256 (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously it was md5. All new passwords will be stored as SHA256 unless this server setting is changed or the password is specified in MD5 format. Also, the legacy (and undocumented) Boolean-like values which were previously synonyms for md5 are no longer accepted.

  • Remove server parameter vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor (Peter Geoghegan)

    This setting was ignored starting in PostgreSQL version 13.3.

  • Remove server parameter operator_precedence_warning (Tom Lane)

    This setting was used for warning applications about PostgreSQL 9.5 changes.

  • Overhaul the specification of clientcert in pg_hba.conf (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    Values 1/0/no-verify are no longer supported; only the strings verify-ca and verify-full can be used. Also, disallow verify-ca if cert authentication is enabled since cert requires verify-full checking.

  • Remove support for SSL compression (Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier)

    This was already disabled by default in previous PostgreSQL releases, and most modern OpenSSL and TLS versions no longer support it.

  • Remove server and libpq support for the version 2 wire protocol (Heikki Linnakangas)

    This was last used as the default in PostgreSQL 7.3 (released in 2002).

  • Disallow single-quoting of the language name in the CREATE/DROP LANGUAGE command (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Remove the composite types that were formerly created for sequences and toast tables (Tom Lane)

  • Process doubled quote marks in ecpg SQL command strings correctly (Tom Lane)

    Previously 'abc''def' was passed to the server as 'abc'def', and "abc""def" was passed as "abc"def", causing syntax errors.

  • Prevent the containment operators (<@ and @>) for intarray from using GiST indexes (Tom Lane)

    Previously a full GiST index scan was required, so just avoid that and scan the heap, which is faster. Indexes created for this purpose should be removed.

  • Remove contrib program pg_standby (Justin Pryzby)

  • Prevent tablefunc's function normal_rand() from accepting negative values (Ashutosh Bapat)

    Negative values produced undesirable results.

  • Add predefined roles pg_read_all_data and pg_write_all_data (Stephen Frost)

    These non-login roles can be used to give read or write permission to all tables, views, and sequences.

  • Add predefined role pg_database_owner that contains only the current database's owner (Noah Misch)

    This is especially useful in template databases.

  • Remove temporary files after backend crashes (Euler Taveira)

    Previously, such files were retained for debugging purposes. If necessary, deletion can be disabled with the new server parameter remove_temp_files_after_crash.

  • Allow long-running queries to be canceled if the client disconnects (Sergey Cherkashin, Thomas Munro)

    The server parameter client_connection_check_interval allows control over whether loss of connection is checked for intra-query. (This is supported on Linux and a few other operating systems.)

  • Add an optional timeout parameter to pg_terminate_backend()

  • Allow wide tuples to be always added to almost-empty heap pages (John Naylor, Floris van Nee)

    Previously tuples whose insertion would have exceeded the page's fill factor were instead added to new pages.

  • Add Server Name Indication (SNI) in SSL connection packets (Peter Eisentraut)

    This can be disabled by turning off client connection option sslsni.

  • Allow vacuum to skip index vacuuming when the number of removable index entries is insignificant (Masahiko Sawada, Peter Geoghegan)

    The vacuum parameter INDEX_CLEANUP has a new default of auto that enables this optimization.

  • Allow vacuum to more eagerly add deleted btree pages to the free space map (Peter Geoghegan)

    Previously vacuum could only add pages to the free space map that were marked as deleted by previous vacuums.

  • Allow vacuum to reclaim space used by unused trailing heap line pointers (Matthias van de Meent, Peter Geoghegan)

  • Allow vacuum to be more aggressive in removing dead rows during minimal-locking index operations (Álvaro Herrera)

    Specifically, CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY no longer limit the dead row removal of other relations.

  • Speed up vacuuming of databases with many relations (Tatsuhito Kasahara)

  • Reduce the default value of vacuum_cost_page_miss to better reflect current hardware capabilities (Peter Geoghegan)

  • Add ability to skip vacuuming of TOAST tables (Nathan Bossart)

    VACUUM now has a PROCESS_TOAST option which can be set to false to disable TOAST processing, and vacuumdb has a --no-process-toast option.

  • Have COPY FREEZE appropriately update page visibility bits (Anastasia Lubennikova, Pavan Deolasee, Jeff Janes)

  • Cause vacuum operations to be more aggressive if the table is near xid or multixact wraparound (Masahiko Sawada, Peter Geoghegan)

    This is controlled by vacuum_failsafe_age and vacuum_multixact_failsafe_age.

  • Increase warning time and hard limit before transaction id and multi-transaction wraparound (Noah Misch)

    This should reduce the possibility of failures that occur without having issued warnings about wraparound.

  • Add per-index information to autovacuum logging output (Masahiko Sawada)

  • Improve the performance of updates and deletes on partitioned tables with many partitions (Amit Langote, Tom Lane)

    This change greatly reduces the planner's overhead for such cases, and also allows updates/deletes on partitioned tables to use execution-time partition pruning.

  • Allow partitions to be detached in a non-blocking manner (Álvaro Herrera)

    The syntax is ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... CONCURRENTLY, and FINALIZE.

  • Ignore COLLATE clauses in partition boundary values (Tom Lane)

    Previously any such clause had to match the collation of the partition key; but it's more consistent to consider that it's automatically coerced to the collation of the partition key.

  • Allow btree index additions to remove expired index entries to prevent page splits (Peter Geoghegan)

    This is particularly helpful for reducing index bloat on tables whose indexed columns are frequently updated.

  • Allow BRIN indexes to record multiple min/max values per range (Tomas Vondra)

    This is useful if there are groups of values in each page range.

  • Allow BRIN indexes to use bloom filters (Tomas Vondra)

    This allows BRIN indexes to be used effectively with data that is not well-localized in the heap.

  • Allow some GiST indexes to be built by presorting the data (Andrey Borodin)

    Presorting happens automatically and allows for faster index creation and smaller indexes.

  • Allow SP-GiST indexes to contain INCLUDE'd columns (Pavel Borisov)

  • Allow hash lookup for IN clauses with many constants (James Coleman, David Rowley)

    Previously the code always sequentially scanned the list of values.

  • Increase the number of places extended statistics can be used for OR clause estimation (Tomas Vondra, Dean Rasheed)

  • Allow extended statistics on expressions (Tomas Vondra)

    This allows statistics on a group of expressions and columns, rather than only columns like previously. System view pg_stats_ext_exprs reports such statistics.

  • Allow efficient heap scanning of a range of TIDs (Edmund Horner, David Rowley)

    Previously a sequential scan was required for non-equality TID specifications.

  • Fix EXPLAIN CREATE TABLE AS and EXPLAIN CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW to honor IF NOT EXISTS (Bharath Rupireddy)

    Previously, if the object already existed, EXPLAIN would fail.

  • Improve the speed of computing MVCC visibility snapshots on systems with many CPUs and high session counts (Andres Freund)

    This also improves performance when there are many idle sessions.

  • Add executor method to memoize results from the inner side of a nested-loop join (David Rowley)

    This is useful if only a small percentage of rows is checked on the inner side. It can be disabled via server parameter enable_memoize.

  • Allow window functions to perform incremental sorts (David Rowley)

  • Improve the I/O performance of parallel sequential scans (Thomas Munro, David Rowley)

    This was done by allocating blocks in groups to parallel workers.

  • Allow a query referencing multiple foreign tables to perform foreign table scans in parallel (Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro, Etsuro Fujita)

    postgres_fdw supports this type of scan if async_capable is set.

  • Allow analyze to do page prefetching (Stephen Frost)

    This is controlled by maintenance_io_concurrency.

  • Improve performance of regular expression searches (Tom Lane)

  • Dramatically improve Unicode normalization (John Naylor)

    This speeds normalize() and IS NORMALIZED.

  • Add ability to use LZ4 compression on TOAST data (Dilip Kumar)

    This can be set at the column level, or set as a default via server parameter default_toast_compression. The server must be compiled with --with-lz4 to support this feature. The default setting is still pglz.

  • If server parameter compute_query_id is enabled, display the query id in pg_stat_activity, EXPLAIN VERBOSE, csvlog, and optionally in log_line_prefix (Julien Rouhaud)

    A query id computed by an extension will also be displayed.

  • Improve logging of auto-vacuum and auto-analyze (Stephen Frost, Jakub Wartak)

    This reports I/O timings for auto-vacuum and auto-analyze if track_io_timing is enabled. Also, report buffer read and dirty rates for auto-analyze.

  • Add information about the original user name supplied by the client to the output of log_connections (Jacob Champion)

  • Add system view pg_stat_progress_copy to report COPY progress (Josef Šimánek, Matthias van de Meent)

  • Add system view pg_stat_wal to report WAL activity (Masahiro Ikeda)

  • Add system view pg_stat_replication_slots to report replication slot activity (Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila, Vignesh C)

    The function pg_stat_reset_replication_slot() resets slot statistics.

  • Add system view pg_backend_memory_contexts to report session memory usage (Atsushi Torikoshi, Fujii Masao)

  • Add function pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() to output the memory contexts of arbitrary backends (Atsushi Torikoshi)

  • Add session statistics to the pg_stat_database system view (Laurenz Albe)

  • Add columns to pg_prepared_statements to report generic and custom plan counts (Atsushi Torikoshi, Kyotaro Horiguchi)

  • Add lock wait start time to pg_locks (Atsushi Torikoshi)

  • Make the archiver process visible in pg_stat_activity (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

  • Add wait event WalReceiverExit to report WAL receiver exit wait time (Fujii Masao)

  • Implement information schema view routine_column_usage to track columns referenced by function and procedure default expressions (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow an SSL certificate's distinguished name (DN) to be matched for client certificate authentication (Andrew Dunstan)

    The new pg_hba.conf option clientname=DN allows comparison with certificate attributes beyond the CN and can be combined with ident maps.

  • Allow pg_hba.conf and pg_ident.conf records to span multiple lines (Fabien Coelho)

    A backslash at the end of a line allows record contents to be continued on the next line.

  • Allow the specification of a certificate revocation list (CRL) directory (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    This is controlled by server parameter ssl_crl_dir and libpq connection option sslcrldir. Previously only single CRL files could be specified.

  • Allow passwords of an arbitrary length (Tom Lane, Nathan Bossart)

  • Add server parameter idle_session_timeout to close idle sessions (Li Japin)

    This is similar to idle_in_transaction_session_timeout.

  • Change checkpoint_completion_target default to 0.9 (Stephen Frost)

    The previous default was 0.5.

  • Allow %P in log_line_prefix to report the parallel group leader's PID for a parallel worker (Justin Pryzby)

  • Allow unix_socket_directories to specify paths as individual, comma-separated quoted strings (Ian Lawrence Barwick)

    Previously all the paths had to be in a single quoted string.

  • Allow startup allocation of dynamic shared memory (Thomas Munro)

    This is controlled by min_dynamic_shared_memory. This allows more use of huge pages.

  • Add server parameter huge_page_size to control the size of huge pages used on Linux (Odin Ugedal)

  • Allow standby servers to be rewound via pg_rewind (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Allow the restore_command setting to be changed during a server reload (Sergei Kornilov)

    You can also set restore_command to an empty string and reload to force recovery to only read from the pg_wal directory.

  • Add server parameter log_recovery_conflict_waits to report long recovery conflict wait times (Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada)

  • Pause recovery on a hot standby server if the primary changes its parameters in a way that prevents replay on the standby (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously the standby would shut down immediately.

  • Add function pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state() to report the recovery state (Dilip Kumar)

    It gives more detailed information than pg_is_wal_replay_paused(), which still exists.

  • Add new read-only server parameter in_hot_standby (Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Tom Lane)

    This allows clients to easily detect whether they are connected to a hot standby server.

  • Speed truncation of small tables during recovery on clusters with a large number of shared buffers (Kirk Jamison)

  • Allow file system sync at the start of crash recovery on Linux (Thomas Munro)

    By default, PostgreSQL opens and fsyncs each data file in the database cluster at the start of crash recovery. A new setting, recovery_init_sync_method=syncfs, instead syncs each filesystem used by the cluster. This allows for faster recovery on systems with many database files.

  • Add function pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin() to return the commit timestamp and replication origin of the specified transaction (Movead Li)

  • Add the replication origin to the record returned by pg_last_committed_xact() (Movead Li)

  • Allow replication origin functions to be controlled using standard function permission controls (Martín Marqués)

    Previously these functions could only be executed by superusers, and this is still the default.

  • Allow logical replication to stream long in-progress transactions to subscribers (Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Ajin Cherian, Tomas Vondra, Nikhil Sontakke, Stas Kelvich)

    Previously transactions that exceeded logical_decoding_work_mem were written to disk until the transaction completed.

  • Enhance the logical replication API to allow streaming large in-progress transactions (Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila)

    The output functions begin with stream. test_decoding also supports these.

  • Allow multiple transactions during table sync in logical replication (Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, and Takamichi Osumi)

  • Immediately WAL-log subtransaction and top-level XID association (Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila)

    This is useful for logical decoding.

  • Enhance logical decoding APIs to handle two-phase commits (Ajin Cherian, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke, Stas Kelvich)

    This is controlled via pg_create_logical_replication_slot().

  • Generate WAL invalidation messages during command completion when using logical replication (Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila)

    When logical replication is disabled, WAL invalidation messages are generated at transaction completion. This allows logical streaming of in-progress transactions.

  • Allow logical decoding to more efficiently process cache invalidation messages (Dilip Kumar)

    This allows logical decoding to work efficiently in presence of a large amount of DDL.

  • Allow control over whether logical decoding messages are sent to the replication stream (David Pirotte, Euler Taveira)

  • Allow logical replication subscriptions to use binary transfer mode (Dave Cramer)

    This is faster than text mode, but slightly less robust.

  • Allow logical decoding to be filtered by xid (Markus Wanner)

  • Reduce the number of keywords that can't be used as column labels without AS (Mark Dilger)

    There are now 90% fewer restricted keywords.

  • Allow an alias to be specified for JOIN's USING clause (Peter Eisentraut)

    The alias is created by writing AS after the USING clause. It can be used as a table qualification for the merged USING columns.

  • Allow DISTINCT to be added to GROUP BY to remove duplicate GROUPING SET combinations (Vik Fearing)

    For example, GROUP BY CUBE (a,b), CUBE (b,c) will generate duplicate grouping combinations without DISTINCT.

  • Properly handle DEFAULT entries in multi-row VALUES lists in INSERT (Dean Rasheed)

    Such cases used to throw an error.

  • Add SQL-standard SEARCH and CYCLE clauses for common table expressions (Peter Eisentraut)

    The same results could be accomplished using existing syntax, but much less conveniently.

  • Allow column names in the WHERE clause of ON CONFLICT to be table-qualified (Tom Lane)

    Only the target table can be referenced, however.

  • Allow REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallelism (Bharath Rupireddy)

  • Allow REINDEX to change the tablespace of the new index (Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby)

    This is done by specifying a TABLESPACE clause. A --tablespace option was also added to reindexdb to control this.

  • Allow REINDEX to process all child tables or indexes of a partitioned relation (Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier)

  • Allow index commands using CONCURRENTLY to avoid waiting for the completion of other operations using CONCURRENTLY (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Improve the performance of COPY FROM in binary mode (Bharath Rupireddy, Amit Langote)

  • Preserve SQL standard syntax for SQL-defined functions in view definitions (Tom Lane)

    Previously, calls to SQL-standard functions such as EXTRACT() were shown in plain function-call syntax. The original syntax is now preserved when displaying a view or rule.

  • Add the SQL-standard clause GRANTED BY to GRANT and REVOKE (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add OR REPLACE option for CREATE TRIGGER (Takamichi Osumi)

    This allows pre-existing triggers to be conditionally replaced.

  • Allow TRUNCATE to operate on foreign tables (Kazutaka Onishi, Kohei KaiGai)

    The postgres_fdw module also now supports this.

  • Allow publications to be more easily added to and removed from a subscription (Japin Li)

    The new syntax is ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... ADD/DROP PUBLICATION. This avoids having to specify all publications to add/remove entries.

  • Add primary keys, unique constraints, and foreign keys to system catalogs (Peter Eisentraut)

    These changes help GUI tools analyze the system catalogs. The existing unique indexes of catalogs now have associated UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints. Foreign key relationships are not actually stored or implemented as constraints, but can be obtained for display from the function pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys().

  • Allow CURRENT_ROLE every place CURRENT_USER is accepted (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow extensions and built-in data types to implement subscripting (Dmitry Dolgov)

    Previously subscript handling was hard-coded into the server, so that subscripting could only be applied to array types. This change allows subscript notation to be used to extract or assign portions of a value of any type for which the concept makes sense.

  • Allow subscripting of JSONB (Dmitry Dolgov)

    JSONB subscripting can be used to extract and assign to portions of JSONB documents.

  • Add support for multirange data types (Paul Jungwirth, Alexander Korotkov)

    These are like range data types, but they allow the specification of multiple, ordered, non-overlapping ranges. An associated multirange type is automatically created for every range type.

  • Add support for the stemming of languages Armenian, Basque, Catalan, Hindi, Serbian, and Yiddish (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow tsearch data files to have unlimited line lengths (Tom Lane)

    The previous limit was 4K bytes. Also remove function t_readline().

  • Add support for Infinity and -Infinity values in the numeric data type (Tom Lane)

    Floating-point data types already supported these.

  • Add point operators <<| and |>> representing strictly above/below tests (Emre Hasegeli)

    Previously these were called >^ and <^, but that naming is inconsistent with other geometric data types. The old names remain available, but may someday be removed.

  • Add operators to add and subtract LSN and numeric (byte) values (Fujii Masao)

  • Allow binary data transfer to be more forgiving of array and record OID mismatches (Tom Lane)

  • Create composite array types for system catalogs (Wenjing Zeng)

    User-defined relations have long had composite types associated with them, and also array types over those composite types. System catalogs now do as well. This change also fixes an inconsistency that creating a user-defined table in single-user mode would fail to create a composite array type.

  • Allow SQL-language functions and procedures to use SQL-standard function bodies (Peter Eisentraut)

    Previously only string-literal function bodies were supported. When writing a function or procedure in SQL-standard syntax, the body is parsed immediately and stored as a parse tree. This allows better tracking of function dependencies, and can have security benefits.

  • Allow procedures to have OUT parameters (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Allow some array functions to operate on a mix of compatible data types (Tom Lane)

    The functions array_append(), array_prepend(), array_cat(), array_position(), array_positions(), array_remove(), array_replace(), and width_bucket() now take anycompatiblearray instead of anyarray arguments. This makes them less fussy about exact matches of argument types.

  • Add SQL-standard trim_array() function (Vik Fearing)

    This could already be done with array slices, but less easily.

  • Add bytea equivalents of ltrim() and rtrim() (Joel Jacobson)

  • Support negative indexes in split_part() (Nikhil Benesch)

    Negative values start from the last field and count backward.

  • Add string_to_table() function to split a string on delimiters (Pavel Stehule)

    This is similar to the regexp_split_to_table() function.

  • Add unistr() function to allow Unicode characters to be specified as backslash-hex escapes in strings (Pavel Stehule)

    This is similar to how Unicode can be specified in literal strings.

  • Add bit_xor() XOR aggregate function (Alexey Bashtanov)

  • Add function bit_count() to return the number of bits set in a bit or byte string (David Fetter)

  • Add date_bin() function (John Naylor)

    This function “bins” input timestamps, grouping them into intervals of a uniform length aligned with a specified origin.

  • Allow make_timestamp()/make_timestamptz() to accept negative years (Peter Eisentraut)

    Negative values are interpreted as BC years.

  • Add newer regular expression substring() syntax (Peter Eisentraut)

    The new SQL-standard syntax is SUBSTRING(text SIMILAR pattern ESCAPE escapechar). The previous standard syntax was SUBSTRING(text FROM pattern FOR escapechar), which is still accepted by PostgreSQL.

  • Allow complemented character class escapes \D, \S, and \W within regular expression brackets (Tom Lane)

  • Add [[:word:]] as a regular expression character class, equivalent to \w (Tom Lane)

  • Allow more flexible data types for default values of lead() and lag() window functions (Vik Fearing)

  • Make non-zero floating-point values divided by infinity return zero (Kyotaro Horiguchi)

    Previously such operations produced underflow errors.

  • Make floating-point division of NaN by zero return NaN (Tom Lane)

    Previously this returned an error.

  • Cause exp() and power() for negative-infinity exponents to return zero (Tom Lane)

    Previously they often returned underflow errors.

  • Improve the accuracy of geometric computations involving infinity (Tom Lane)

  • Mark built-in type coercion functions as leakproof where possible (Tom Lane)

    This allows more use of functions that require type conversion in security-sensitive situations.

  • Change pg_describe_object(), pg_identify_object(), and pg_identify_object_as_address() to always report helpful error messages for non-existent objects (Michael Paquier)

  • Improve PL/pgSQL's expression and assignment parsing (Tom Lane)

    This change allows assignment to array slices and nested record fields.

  • Allow plpgsql's RETURN QUERY to execute its query using parallelism (Tom Lane)

  • Improve performance of repeated CALLs within plpgsql procedures (Pavel Stehule, Tom Lane)

  • Add pipeline mode to libpq (Craig Ringer, Matthieu Garrigues, Álvaro Herrera)

    This allows multiple queries to be sent, only waiting for completion when a specific synchronization message is sent.

  • Enhance libpq's target_session_attrs parameter options (Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C, Tom Lane)

    The new options are read-only, primary, standby, and prefer-standby.

  • Improve the output format of libpq's PQtrace() (Aya Iwata, Álvaro Herrera)

  • Allow an ECPG SQL identifier to be linked to a specific connection (Hayato Kuroda)

    This is done via DECLARE ... STATEMENT.

  • Allow vacuumdb to skip index cleanup and truncation (Nathan Bossart)

    The options are --no-index-cleanup and --no-truncate.

  • Allow pg_dump to dump only certain extensions (Guillaume Lelarge)

    This is controlled by option --extension.

  • Add pgbench permute() function to randomly shuffle values (Fabien Coelho, Hironobu Suzuki, Dean Rasheed)

  • Include disconnection times in the reconnection overhead measured by pgbench with -C (Yugo Nagata)

  • Allow multiple verbose option specifications (-v) to increase the logging verbosity (Tom Lane)

    This behavior is supported by pg_dump, pg_dumpall, and pg_restore.

  • Allow psql's \df and \do commands to specify function and operator argument types (Greg Sabino Mullane, Tom Lane)

    This helps reduce the number of matches printed for overloaded names.

  • Add an access method column to psql's \d[i|m|t]+ output (Georgios Kokolatos)

  • Allow psql's \dt and \di to show TOAST tables and their indexes (Justin Pryzby)

  • Add psql command \dX to list extended statistics objects (Tatsuro Yamada)

  • Fix psql's \dT to understand array syntax and backend grammar aliases, like int for integer (Greg Sabino Mullane, Tom Lane)

  • When editing the previous query or a file with psql's \e, or using \ef and \ev, ignore the results if the editor exits without saving (Laurenz Albe)

    Previously, such edits would load the previous query into the query buffer, and typically execute it immediately. This was deemed to be probably not what the user wants.

  • Improve tab completion (Vignesh C, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby, Georgios Kokolatos, Julien Rouhaud)

  • Add command-line utility pg_amcheck to simplify running contrib/amcheck tests on many relations (Mark Dilger)

  • Add --no-instructions option to initdb (Magnus Hagander)

    This suppresses the server startup instructions that are normally printed.

  • Stop pg_upgrade from creating analyze_new_cluster script (Magnus Hagander)

    Instead, give comparable vacuumdb instructions.

  • Remove support for the postmaster -o option (Magnus Hagander)

    This option was unnecessary since all passed options could already be specified directly.

  • Rename "Default Roles" to "Predefined Roles" (Bruce Momjian, Stephen Frost)

  • Add documentation for the factorial() function (Peter Eisentraut)

    With the removal of the ! operator in this release, factorial() is the only built-in way to compute a factorial.

  • Add configure option --with-ssl={openssl} to allow future choice of the SSL library to use (Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier)

    The spelling --with-openssl is kept for compatibility.

  • Add support for abstract Unix-domain sockets (Peter Eisentraut)

    This is currently supported on Linux and Windows.

  • Allow Windows to properly handle files larger than four gigabytes (Juan José Santamaría Flecha)

    For example this allows COPY, WAL files, and relation segment files to be larger than four gigabytes.

  • Add server parameter debug_discard_caches to control cache flushing for test purposes (Craig Ringer)

    Previously this behavior could only be set at compile time. To invoke it during initdb, use the new option --discard-caches.

  • Various improvements in valgrind error detection ability (Álvaro Herrera, Peter Geoghegan)

  • Add a test module for the regular expression package (Tom Lane)

  • Add support for LLVM version 12 (Andres Freund)

  • Change SHA1, SHA2, and MD5 hash computations to use the OpenSSL EVP API (Michael Paquier)

    This is more modern and supports FIPS mode.

  • Remove separate build-time control over the choice of random number generator (Daniel Gustafsson)

    This is now always determined by the choice of SSL library.

  • Add direct conversion routines between EUC_TW and Big5 encodings (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Add collation version support for FreeBSD (Thomas Munro)

  • Add amadjustmembers to the index access method API (Tom Lane)

    This allows an index access method to provide validity checking during creation of a new operator class or family.

  • Provide feature-test macros in libpq-fe.h for recently-added libpq features (Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera)

    Historically, applications have usually used compile-time checks of PG_VERSION_NUM to test whether a feature is available. But that's normally the server version, which might not be a good guide to libpq's version. libpq-fe.h now offers #define symbols denoting application-visible features added in v14; the intent is to keep adding symbols for such features in future versions.

  • Allow subscripting of hstore values (Tom Lane, Dmitry Dolgov)

  • Allow GiST/GIN pg_trgm indexes to do equality lookups (Julien Rouhaud)

    This is similar to LIKE except no wildcards are honored.

  • Allow the cube data type to be transferred in binary mode (KaiGai Kohei)

  • Allow pgstattuple_approx() to report on TOAST tables (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Add contrib module pg_surgery which allows changes to row visibility (Ashutosh Sharma)

    This is useful for correcting database corruption.

  • Add contrib module old_snapshot to report the XID/time mapping used by an active old_snapshot_threshold (Robert Haas)

  • Allow amcheck to also check heap pages (Mark Dilger)

    Previously it only checked B-Tree index pages.

  • Allow pageinspect to inspect GiST indexes (Andrey Borodin, Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Change pageinspect block numbers to be bigints (Peter Eisentraut)

  • Mark btree_gist functions as parallel safe (Steven Winfield)

  • Move query hash computation from pg_stat_statements to the core server (Julien Rouhaud)

    The new server parameter compute_query_id's default of auto will automatically enable query id computation when this extension is loaded.

  • Cause pg_stat_statements to track top and nested statements separately (Julien Rohaud)

    Previously, when tracking all statements, identical top and nested statements were tracked as a single entry; but it seems more useful to separate such usages.

  • Add row counts for utility commands to pg_stat_statements (Fujii Masao, Katsuragi Yuta, Seino Yuki)

  • Add pg_stat_statements_info system view to show pg_stat_statements activity (Katsuragi Yuta, Yuki Seino, Naoki Nakamichi)

  • Allow postgres_fdw to INSERT rows in bulk (Takayuki Tsunakawa, Tomas Vondra, Amit Langote)

  • Allow postgres_fdw to import table partitions if specified by IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA ... LIMIT TO (Matthias van de Meent)

    By default, only the root of a partitioned table is imported.

  • Add postgres_fdw function postgres_fdw_get_connections() to report open foreign server connections (Bharath Rupireddy)

  • Allow control over whether foreign servers keep connections open after transaction completion (Bharath Rupireddy)

    This is controlled by keep_connections and defaults to on.

  • Allow postgres_fdw to reestablish foreign server connections if necessary (Bharath Rupireddy)

    Previously foreign server restarts could cause foreign table access errors.

  • Add postgres_fdw functions to discard cached connections (Bharath Rupireddy)

• ⇑ Upgrade to 14.1 released on 2021-11-11 - docs

  • Make the server reject extraneous data after an SSL or GSS encryption handshake (Tom Lane)

    A man-in-the-middle with the ability to inject data into the TCP connection could stuff some cleartext data into the start of a supposedly encryption-protected database session. This could be abused to send faked SQL commands to the server, although that would only work if the server did not demand any authentication data. (However, a server relying on SSL certificate authentication might well not do so.)

    The PostgreSQL Project thanks Jacob Champion for reporting this problem. (CVE-2021-23214)

  • Make libpq reject extraneous data after an SSL or GSS encryption handshake (Tom Lane)

    A man-in-the-middle with the ability to inject data into the TCP connection could stuff some cleartext data into the start of a supposedly encryption-protected database session. This could probably be abused to inject faked responses to the client's first few queries, although other details of libpq's behavior make that harder than it sounds. A different line of attack is to exfiltrate the client's password, or other sensitive data that might be sent early in the session. That has been shown to be possible with a server vulnerable to CVE-2021-23214.

    The PostgreSQL Project thanks Jacob Champion for reporting this problem. (CVE-2021-23222)

  • Fix physical replication for cases where the primary crashes after shipping a WAL segment that ends with a partial WAL record (Álvaro Herrera)

    If the primary did not survive long enough to finish writing the rest of the incomplete WAL record, then the previous crash-recovery logic had it back up and overwrite WAL starting from the beginning of the incomplete WAL record. This is problematic since standby servers may already have copies of that WAL segment. They will then see an inconsistent next segment, and will not be able to recover without manual intervention. To fix, do not back up over a WAL segment boundary when restarting after a crash. Instead write a new type of WAL record at the start of the next WAL segment, informing readers that the incomplete WAL record will never be finished and must be disregarded.

    When applying this update, it's best to update standby servers before the primary, so that they will be ready to handle this new WAL record type if the primary happens to crash.

  • Ensure that parallel VACUUM doesn't miss any indexes (Peter Geoghegan, Masahiko Sawada)

    A parallel VACUUM would fail to process indexes that are below the min_parallel_index_scan_size cutoff, if the table also has at least two indexes that are above that size. This could result in those indexes becoming corrupt, since they'd still contain references to any heap entries removed by the VACUUM; subsequent queries using such indexes would be likely to return rows they shouldn't. This problem does not affect autovacuum, since it doesn't use parallel vacuuming. However, it is advisable to reindex any manually-vacuumed tables that have the right mix of index sizes.

  • Fix CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY to wait for the latest prepared transactions (Andrey Borodin)

    Rows inserted by just-prepared transactions might be omitted from the new index, causing queries relying on the index to miss such rows. The previous fix for this type of problem failed to account for PREPARE TRANSACTION commands that were still in progress when CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY checked for them. As before, in installations that have enabled prepared transactions (max_prepared_transactions > 0), it's recommended to reindex any concurrently-built indexes in case this problem occurred when they were built.

  • Avoid race condition that can cause backends to fail to add entries for new rows to an index being built concurrently (Noah Misch, Andrey Borodin)

    While it's apparently rare in the field, this case could potentially affect any index built or reindexed with the CONCURRENTLY option. It is recommended to reindex any such indexes to make sure they are correct.

  • Fix REINDEX CONCURRENTLY to preserve operator class parameters that were attached to the target index (Michael Paquier)

  • Fix incorrect creation of shared dependencies when cloning a database that contains non-builtin objects (Aleksander Alekseev)

    The effects of this error are probably limited in practice. In principle, it could allow a role to be dropped while it still owns objects; but most installations would never want to drop a role that had been used for objects they'd added to template1.

  • Ensure that the relation cache is invalidated for a table being attached to or detached from a partitioned table (Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera)

    This oversight could allow misbehavior of subsequent inserts/updates addressed directly to the partition, but only in currently-existing sessions.

  • Fix corruption of parse tree while creating a range type (Alex Kozhemyakin, Sergey Shinderuk)

    CREATE TYPE incorrectly freed an element of the parse tree, which could cause problems for a later event trigger, or if the CREATE TYPE command was stored in the plan cache and used again later.

  • Fix updates of element fields in arrays of domain over composite (Tom Lane)

    A command such as UPDATE tab SET fld[1].subfld = val failed if the array's elements were domains rather than plain composites.

  • Disallow the combination of FETCH FIRST WITH TIES and FOR UPDATE SKIP LOCKED (David Christensen)

    FETCH FIRST WITH TIES necessarily fetches one more row than requested, since it cannot stop until it finds a row that is not a tie. In our current implementation, if FOR UPDATE is used then that row will also get locked even though it is not returned. That results in undesirable behavior if the SKIP LOCKED option is specified. It's difficult to change this without introducing a different set of undesirable behaviors, so for now, forbid the combination.

  • Disallow ALTER INDEX index ALTER COLUMN col SET (options) (Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier)

    While the parser accepted this, it's undocumented and doesn't actually work.

  • Fix corner-case loss of precision in numeric power() (Dean Rasheed)

    The result could be inaccurate when the first argument is very close to 1.

  • Avoid choosing the wrong hash equality operator for Memoize plans (David Rowley)

    This error could result in crashes or incorrect query results.

  • Fix planner error with pulling up subquery expressions into function rangetable entries (Tom Lane)

    If a function in FROM laterally references the output of some sub-SELECT earlier in the FROM clause, and we are able to flatten that sub-SELECT into the outer query, the expression(s) copied into the function expression were not fully processed. This could lead to crashes at execution.

  • Avoid using MCV-only statistics to estimate the range of a column (Tom Lane)

    There are corner cases in which ANALYZE will build a most-common-values (MCV) list but not a histogram, even though the MCV list does not account for all the observed values. In such cases, keep the planner from using the MCV list alone to estimate the range of column values.

  • Fix restoration of a Portal's snapshot inside a subtransaction (Bertrand Drouvot)

    If a procedure commits or rolls back a transaction, and then its next significant action is inside a new subtransaction, snapshot management went wrong, leading to a dangling pointer and probable crash. A typical example in PL/pgSQL is a COMMIT immediately followed by a BEGIN ... EXCEPTION block that performs a query.

  • Clean up correctly if a transaction fails after exporting its snapshot (Dilip Kumar)

    This oversight would only cause a problem if the same session attempted to export a snapshot again. The most likely scenario for that is creation of a replication slot (followed by rollback) and then creation of another replication slot.

  • Prevent wraparound of overflowed-subtransaction tracking on standby servers (Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov)

    This oversight could cause significant performance degradation (manifesting as excessive SubtransSLRU traffic) on standby servers.

  • Ensure that prepared transactions are properly accounted for during promotion of a standby server (Michael Paquier, Andres Freund)

    There was a narrow window where a prepared transaction could be omitted from a snapshot taken by a concurrently-running session. If that session then used the snapshot to perform data updates, erroneous results or data corruption could occur.

  • Fix “could not find RecursiveUnion” error when EXPLAIN tries to print a filter condition attached to a WorkTableScan node (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that the correct lock level is used when renaming a table (Nathan Bossart, Álvaro Herrera)

    For historical reasons, ALTER INDEX ... RENAME can be applied to any sort of relation. The lock level required to rename an index is lower than that required to rename a table or other kind of relation, but the code got this wrong and would use the weaker lock level whenever the command is spelled ALTER INDEX.

  • Avoid null-pointer-dereference crash when dropping a role that owns objects being dropped concurrently (Álvaro Herrera)

  • Prevent “snapshot reference leak” warning when lo_export() or a related function fails (Heikki Linnakangas)

  • Fix inefficient code generation for CoerceToDomain expression nodes (Ranier Vilela)

  • Avoid O(N^2) behavior in some list-manipulation operations (Nathan Bossart, Tom Lane)

    These changes fix slow processing in several scenarios, including: when a standby replays a transaction that held many exclusive locks on the primary; when many files are due to be unlinked after a checkpoint; when hash aggregation involves many batches; and when pg_trgm extracts indexable conditions from a complex regular expression. Only the first of these scenarios has actually been reported from the field, but they all seem like plausible consequences of inefficient list deletions.

  • Add more defensive checks around B-tree posting list splits (Peter Geoghegan)

    This change should help detect index corruption involving duplicate table TIDs.

  • Avoid assertion failure when inserting NaN into a BRIN float8 or float4 minmax_multi_ops index (Tomas Vondra)

    In production builds, such cases would result in a somewhat inefficient, but not actually incorrect, index.

  • Allow the autovacuum launcher process to respond to pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() requests more quickly (Koyu Tanigawa)

  • Fix memory leak in HMAC hash calculations (Sergey Shinderuk)

  • Disallow setting huge_pages to on when shared_memory_type is sysv (Thomas Munro)

    Previously, this setting was accepted, but it did nothing for lack of any implementation.

  • Fix checking of query type in PL/pgSQL's RETURN QUERY statement (Tom Lane)

    RETURN QUERY should accept any query that can return tuples, e.g. UPDATE RETURNING. v14 accidentally disallowed anything but SELECT; moreover, the RETURN QUERY EXECUTE variant failed to apply any query-type check at all.

  • Fix pg_dump to dump non-global default privileges correctly (Neil Chen, Masahiko Sawada)

    If a global (unrestricted) ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command revoked some present-by-default privilege, for example EXECUTE for functions, and then a restricted ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command granted that privilege again for a selected role or schema, pg_dump failed to dump the restricted privilege grant correctly.

  • Make pg_dump acquire shared lock on partitioned tables that are to be dumped (Tom Lane)

    This oversight was usually pretty harmless, since once pg_dump has locked any of the leaf partitions, that would suffice to prevent significant DDL on the partitioned table itself. However problems could ensue when dumping a childless partitioned table, since no relevant lock would be held.

  • Fix crash in pg_dump when attempting to dump trigger definitions from a pre-8.3 server (Tom Lane)

  • Fix incorrect filename in pg_restore's error message about an invalid large object TOC file (Daniel Gustafsson)

  • Ensure that pgbench exits with non-zero status after a socket-level failure (Yugo Nagata, Fabien Coelho)

    The desired behavior is to finish out the run but then exit with status 2. Also, fix the reporting of such errors.

  • Prevent pg_amcheck from checking temporary relations, as well as indexes that are invalid or not ready (Mark Dilger)

    This avoids unhelpful checks of relations that will almost certainly appear inconsistent.

  • Make contrib/amcheck skip unlogged tables when running on a standby server (Mark Dilger)

    It's appropriate to do this since such tables will be empty, and unlogged indexes were already handled similarly.

  • Change contrib/pg_stat_statements to read its “query texts” file in units of at most 1GB (Tom Lane)

    Such large query text files are very unusual, but if they do occur, the previous coding would fail on Windows 64 (which rejects individual read requests of more than 2GB).

  • Fix null-pointer crash when contrib/postgres_fdw tries to report a data conversion error (Tom Lane)

  • Ensure that GetSharedSecurityLabel() can be used in a newly-started session that has not yet built its critical relation cache entries (Jeff Davis)

  • When running a TAP test, include the module's own directory in PATH (Andrew Dunstan)

    This allows tests to find built programs that are not installed, such as custom test drivers.

  • Use the CLDR project's data to map Windows time zone names to IANA time zones (Tom Lane)

    When running on Windows, initdb attempts to set the new cluster's timezone parameter to the IANA time zone matching the system's prevailing time zone. We were using a mapping table that we'd generated years ago and updated only fitfully; unsurprisingly, it contained a number of errors as well as omissions of recently-added zones. It turns out that CLDR has been tracking the most appropriate mappings, so start using their data. This change will not affect any existing installation, only newly-initialized clusters.

  • Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2021e for DST law changes in Fiji, Jordan, Palestine, and Samoa, plus historical corrections for Barbados, Cook Islands, Guyana, Niue, Portugal, and Tonga.

    Also, the Pacific/Enderbury zone has been renamed to Pacific/Kanton. Also, the following zones have been merged into nearby, more-populous zones whose clocks have agreed with them since 1970: Africa/Accra, America/Atikokan, America/Blanc-Sablon, America/Creston, America/Curacao, America/Nassau, America/Port_of_Spain, Antarctica/DumontDUrville, and Antarctica/Syowa. In all these cases, the previous zone name remains as an alias.